Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- GlobalOpt.cpp - Optimize Global Variables --------------------------===// |
Misha Brukman | b1c9317 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | f3ebc3f | 2007-12-29 20:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Misha Brukman | b1c9317 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This pass transforms simple global variables that never have their address |
| 11 | // taken. If obviously true, it marks read/write globals as constant, deletes |
| 12 | // variables only stored to, etc. |
| 13 | // |
| 14 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 15 | |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "llvm/Transforms/IPO/GlobalOpt.h" |
Chandler Carruth | ed0881b | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
| 18 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
| 19 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
David Majnemer | dad0a64 | 2014-06-27 18:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
Chandler Carruth | ed0881b | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
| 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
| 24 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h" |
Chandler Carruth | ed0881b | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" |
| 27 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" |
Benjamin Kramer | 799003b | 2015-03-23 19:32:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h" |
David Blaikie | 31b98d2 | 2018-06-04 21:23:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 30 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include "llvm/BinaryFormat/Dwarf.h" |
| 32 | #include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h" |
| 33 | #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 219b89b | 2014-03-04 11:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | #include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" |
Victor Leschuk | 56b03d0 | 2017-08-04 04:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/IR/DebugInfoMetadata.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 03eb0de | 2014-03-04 10:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" |
| 50 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" |
| 51 | #include "llvm/IR/Module.h" |
| 52 | #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" |
| 54 | #include "llvm/IR/Use.h" |
| 55 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" |
| 56 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 4220e9c | 2014-03-04 11:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | #include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h" |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | #include "llvm/Pass.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h" |
| 60 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" |
Chris Lattner | 024f4ab | 2007-01-30 23:46:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Torok Edwin | 56d0659 | 2009-07-11 20:10:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
Chris Lattner | 67ca6f63 | 2008-04-26 07:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 8a8cd2b | 2014-01-07 11:48:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | #include "llvm/Transforms/IPO.h" |
Nico Weber | 4b2acde | 2014-05-02 18:35:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/CtorUtils.h" |
Peter Collingbourne | 9f7ec14 | 2016-02-03 02:51:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Evaluator.h" |
Rafael Espindola | 3d7fc25 | 2013-10-21 17:14:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/GlobalStatus.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | #include <cassert> |
| 71 | #include <cstdint> |
| 72 | #include <utility> |
| 73 | #include <vector> |
| 74 | |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | using namespace llvm; |
| 76 | |
Chandler Carruth | 964daaa | 2014-04-22 02:55:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "globalopt" |
| 78 | |
Chris Lattner | 1631bcb | 2006-12-19 22:09:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 | STATISTIC(NumMarked , "Number of globals marked constant"); |
Rafael Espindola | fc355bc | 2011-01-19 16:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | STATISTIC(NumUnnamed , "Number of globals marked unnamed_addr"); |
Chris Lattner | 1631bcb | 2006-12-19 22:09:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | STATISTIC(NumSRA , "Number of aggregate globals broken into scalars"); |
| 82 | STATISTIC(NumHeapSRA , "Number of heap objects SRA'd"); |
| 83 | STATISTIC(NumSubstitute,"Number of globals with initializers stored into them"); |
| 84 | STATISTIC(NumDeleted , "Number of globals deleted"); |
Chris Lattner | 1631bcb | 2006-12-19 22:09:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | STATISTIC(NumGlobUses , "Number of global uses devirtualized"); |
Alexey Samsonov | a1944e6 | 2013-10-07 19:03:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | STATISTIC(NumLocalized , "Number of globals localized"); |
Chris Lattner | 1631bcb | 2006-12-19 22:09:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | STATISTIC(NumShrunkToBool , "Number of global vars shrunk to booleans"); |
| 88 | STATISTIC(NumFastCallFns , "Number of functions converted to fastcc"); |
| 89 | STATISTIC(NumCtorsEvaluated, "Number of static ctors evaluated"); |
Duncan Sands | 573b3f8 | 2008-02-16 20:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | STATISTIC(NumNestRemoved , "Number of nest attributes removed"); |
Duncan Sands | b3f2788 | 2009-02-15 09:56:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | STATISTIC(NumAliasesResolved, "Number of global aliases resolved"); |
| 92 | STATISTIC(NumAliasesRemoved, "Number of global aliases eliminated"); |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | STATISTIC(NumCXXDtorsRemoved, "Number of global C++ destructors removed"); |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | STATISTIC(NumInternalFunc, "Number of internal functions"); |
| 95 | STATISTIC(NumColdCC, "Number of functions marked coldcc"); |
| 96 | |
| 97 | static cl::opt<bool> |
| 98 | EnableColdCCStressTest("enable-coldcc-stress-test", |
| 99 | cl::desc("Enable stress test of coldcc by adding " |
| 100 | "calling conv to all internal functions."), |
| 101 | cl::init(false), cl::Hidden); |
| 102 | |
| 103 | static cl::opt<int> ColdCCRelFreq( |
| 104 | "coldcc-rel-freq", cl::Hidden, cl::init(2), cl::ZeroOrMore, |
| 105 | cl::desc( |
| 106 | "Maximum block frequency, expressed as a percentage of caller's " |
| 107 | "entry frequency, for a call site to be considered cold for enabling" |
| 108 | "coldcc")); |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | /// Is this global variable possibly used by a leak checker as a root? If so, |
| 111 | /// we might not really want to eliminate the stores to it. |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | static bool isLeakCheckerRoot(GlobalVariable *GV) { |
| 113 | // A global variable is a root if it is a pointer, or could plausibly contain |
| 114 | // a pointer. There are two challenges; one is that we could have a struct |
| 115 | // the has an inner member which is a pointer. We recurse through the type to |
| 116 | // detect these (up to a point). The other is that we may actually be a union |
| 117 | // of a pointer and another type, and so our LLVM type is an integer which |
| 118 | // gets converted into a pointer, or our type is an [i8 x #] with a pointer |
| 119 | // potentially contained here. |
| 120 | |
| 121 | if (GV->hasPrivateLinkage()) |
| 122 | return false; |
| 123 | |
| 124 | SmallVector<Type *, 4> Types; |
Manuel Jacob | 5f6eaac | 2016-01-16 20:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | Types.push_back(GV->getValueType()); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | |
| 127 | unsigned Limit = 20; |
| 128 | do { |
| 129 | Type *Ty = Types.pop_back_val(); |
| 130 | switch (Ty->getTypeID()) { |
| 131 | default: break; |
| 132 | case Type::PointerTyID: return true; |
| 133 | case Type::ArrayTyID: |
| 134 | case Type::VectorTyID: { |
| 135 | SequentialType *STy = cast<SequentialType>(Ty); |
| 136 | Types.push_back(STy->getElementType()); |
| 137 | break; |
| 138 | } |
| 139 | case Type::StructTyID: { |
| 140 | StructType *STy = cast<StructType>(Ty); |
| 141 | if (STy->isOpaque()) return true; |
| 142 | for (StructType::element_iterator I = STy->element_begin(), |
| 143 | E = STy->element_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 144 | Type *InnerTy = *I; |
| 145 | if (isa<PointerType>(InnerTy)) return true; |
| 146 | if (isa<CompositeType>(InnerTy)) |
| 147 | Types.push_back(InnerTy); |
| 148 | } |
| 149 | break; |
| 150 | } |
| 151 | } |
| 152 | if (--Limit == 0) return true; |
| 153 | } while (!Types.empty()); |
| 154 | return false; |
| 155 | } |
| 156 | |
| 157 | /// Given a value that is stored to a global but never read, determine whether |
| 158 | /// it's safe to remove the store and the chain of computation that feeds the |
| 159 | /// store. |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | static bool IsSafeComputationToRemove(Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | do { |
| 162 | if (isa<Constant>(V)) |
| 163 | return true; |
| 164 | if (!V->hasOneUse()) |
| 165 | return false; |
Nick Lewycky | 7d0f110 | 2012-07-25 21:19:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | if (isa<LoadInst>(V) || isa<InvokeInst>(V) || isa<Argument>(V) || |
| 167 | isa<GlobalValue>(V)) |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | return false; |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | if (isAllocationFn(V, TLI)) |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | return true; |
| 171 | |
| 172 | Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 173 | if (I->mayHaveSideEffects()) |
| 174 | return false; |
| 175 | if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { |
| 176 | if (!GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) |
| 177 | return false; |
| 178 | } else if (I->getNumOperands() != 1) { |
| 179 | return false; |
| 180 | } |
| 181 | |
| 182 | V = I->getOperand(0); |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | } while (true); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | } |
| 185 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | /// This GV is a pointer root. Loop over all users of the global and clean up |
| 187 | /// any that obviously don't assign the global a value that isn't dynamically |
| 188 | /// allocated. |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | static bool CleanupPointerRootUsers(GlobalVariable *GV, |
| 190 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | // A brief explanation of leak checkers. The goal is to find bugs where |
| 192 | // pointers are forgotten, causing an accumulating growth in memory |
| 193 | // usage over time. The common strategy for leak checkers is to whitelist the |
| 194 | // memory pointed to by globals at exit. This is popular because it also |
| 195 | // solves another problem where the main thread of a C++ program may shut down |
| 196 | // before other threads that are still expecting to use those globals. To |
| 197 | // handle that case, we expect the program may create a singleton and never |
| 198 | // destroy it. |
| 199 | |
| 200 | bool Changed = false; |
| 201 | |
| 202 | // If Dead[n].first is the only use of a malloc result, we can delete its |
| 203 | // chain of computation and the store to the global in Dead[n].second. |
| 204 | SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 32> Dead; |
| 205 | |
| 206 | // Constants can't be pointers to dynamically allocated memory. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | for (Value::user_iterator UI = GV->user_begin(), E = GV->user_end(); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | UI != E;) { |
| 209 | User *U = *UI++; |
| 210 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U)) { |
| 211 | Value *V = SI->getValueOperand(); |
| 212 | if (isa<Constant>(V)) { |
| 213 | Changed = true; |
| 214 | SI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 215 | } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
| 216 | if (I->hasOneUse()) |
| 217 | Dead.push_back(std::make_pair(I, SI)); |
| 218 | } |
| 219 | } else if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(U)) { |
| 220 | if (isa<Constant>(MSI->getValue())) { |
| 221 | Changed = true; |
| 222 | MSI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 223 | } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(MSI->getValue())) { |
| 224 | if (I->hasOneUse()) |
| 225 | Dead.push_back(std::make_pair(I, MSI)); |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | } else if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(U)) { |
| 228 | GlobalVariable *MemSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MTI->getSource()); |
| 229 | if (MemSrc && MemSrc->isConstant()) { |
| 230 | Changed = true; |
| 231 | MTI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 232 | } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(MemSrc)) { |
| 233 | if (I->hasOneUse()) |
| 234 | Dead.push_back(std::make_pair(I, MTI)); |
| 235 | } |
| 236 | } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(U)) { |
| 237 | if (CE->use_empty()) { |
| 238 | CE->destroyConstant(); |
| 239 | Changed = true; |
| 240 | } |
| 241 | } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(U)) { |
Rafael Espindola | 27797ba | 2013-10-17 18:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | if (isSafeToDestroyConstant(C)) { |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | C->destroyConstant(); |
| 244 | // This could have invalidated UI, start over from scratch. |
| 245 | Dead.clear(); |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | CleanupPointerRootUsers(GV, TLI); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | return true; |
| 248 | } |
| 249 | } |
| 250 | } |
| 251 | |
| 252 | for (int i = 0, e = Dead.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | if (IsSafeComputationToRemove(Dead[i].first, TLI)) { |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | Dead[i].second->eraseFromParent(); |
| 255 | Instruction *I = Dead[i].first; |
| 256 | do { |
Michael Gottesman | 2a65427 | 2013-01-11 23:08:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | if (isAllocationFn(I, TLI)) |
| 258 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | Instruction *J = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(0)); |
| 260 | if (!J) |
| 261 | break; |
| 262 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
| 263 | I = J; |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | } while (true); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
| 266 | } |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | |
| 269 | return Changed; |
| 270 | } |
| 271 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | /// We just marked GV constant. Loop over all users of the global, cleaning up |
| 273 | /// the obvious ones. This is largely just a quick scan over the use list to |
| 274 | /// clean up the easy and obvious cruft. This returns true if it made a change. |
Nick Lewycky | cf6aae6 | 2012-02-12 01:13:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | static bool CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(Value *V, Constant *Init, |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Rafael Espindola | aeff8a9 | 2014-02-24 23:12:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Chris Lattner | cb9f152 | 2004-10-10 16:43:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | bool Changed = false; |
Hal Finkel | f59fd7d | 2013-12-12 20:45:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 | // Note that we need to use a weak value handle for the worklist items. When |
| 280 | // we delete a constant array, we may also be holding pointer to one of its |
| 281 | // elements (or an element of one of its elements if we're dealing with an |
| 282 | // array of arrays) in the worklist. |
Sanjoy Das | e6bca0e | 2017-05-01 17:07:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 8> WorkList(V->user_begin(), V->user_end()); |
Bill Wendling | 88d06c3 | 2013-04-02 08:16:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | while (!WorkList.empty()) { |
Hal Finkel | f59fd7d | 2013-12-12 20:45:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | Value *UV = WorkList.pop_back_val(); |
| 286 | if (!UV) |
| 287 | continue; |
| 288 | |
| 289 | User *U = cast<User>(UV); |
Misha Brukman | b1c9317 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | 7561ca1 | 2005-02-27 18:58:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | if (Init) { |
| 293 | // Replace the load with the initializer. |
| 294 | LI->replaceAllUsesWith(Init); |
| 295 | LI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 296 | Changed = true; |
| 297 | } |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 | } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U)) { |
| 299 | // Store must be unreachable or storing Init into the global. |
Chris Lattner | 8e71c6a | 2004-10-16 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | SI->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | cb9f152 | 2004-10-10 16:43:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 | } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(U)) { |
| 303 | if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) { |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | Constant *SubInit = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 46d9ff08 | 2005-09-26 07:34:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | if (Init) |
Dan Gohman | e525d9d | 2009-10-05 16:36:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | SubInit = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(Init, CE); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | Changed |= CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(CE, SubInit, DL, TLI); |
Matt Arsenault | 461c8e0 | 2014-01-02 20:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | } else if ((CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast && |
| 309 | CE->getType()->isPointerTy()) || |
| 310 | CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { |
Chris Lattner | 7561ca1 | 2005-02-27 18:58:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | // Pointer cast, delete any stores and memsets to the global. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | Changed |= CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(CE, nullptr, DL, TLI); |
Chris Lattner | 7561ca1 | 2005-02-27 18:58:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | } |
| 314 | |
| 315 | if (CE->use_empty()) { |
| 316 | CE->destroyConstant(); |
| 317 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | } |
| 319 | } else if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | f9c0fd7 | 2007-11-09 17:33:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | // Do not transform "gepinst (gep constexpr (GV))" here, because forming |
| 321 | // "gepconstexpr (gep constexpr (GV))" will cause the two gep's to fold |
| 322 | // and will invalidate our notion of what Init is. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 | Constant *SubInit = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | f9c0fd7 | 2007-11-09 17:33:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(GEP->getOperand(0))) { |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 325 | ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantExpr>( |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 326 | ConstantFoldInstruction(GEP, DL, TLI)); |
Chris Lattner | f9c0fd7 | 2007-11-09 17:33:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | if (Init && CE && CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) |
Dan Gohman | e525d9d | 2009-10-05 16:36:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 | SubInit = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(Init, CE); |
Benjamin Kramer | aa9e4a5 | 2012-03-28 14:50:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | |
| 330 | // If the initializer is an all-null value and we have an inbounds GEP, |
| 331 | // we already know what the result of any load from that GEP is. |
| 332 | // TODO: Handle splats. |
| 333 | if (Init && isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Init) && GEP->isInBounds()) |
Eduard Burtescu | 19eb031 | 2016-01-19 17:28:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | SubInit = Constant::getNullValue(GEP->getResultElementType()); |
Chris Lattner | f9c0fd7 | 2007-11-09 17:33:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | } |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | Changed |= CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(GEP, SubInit, DL, TLI); |
Chris Lattner | a0e769c | 2004-10-10 16:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | |
Chris Lattner | cb9f152 | 2004-10-10 16:43:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | if (GEP->use_empty()) { |
Chris Lattner | 8e71c6a | 2004-10-16 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | GEP->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | cb9f152 | 2004-10-10 16:43:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | Changed = true; |
| 341 | } |
Chris Lattner | 7561ca1 | 2005-02-27 18:58:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U)) { // memset/cpy/mv |
| 343 | if (MI->getRawDest() == V) { |
| 344 | MI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 345 | Changed = true; |
| 346 | } |
| 347 | |
Chris Lattner | 1c4bddc | 2004-10-08 20:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(U)) { |
| 349 | // If we have a chain of dead constantexprs or other things dangling from |
| 350 | // us, and if they are all dead, nuke them without remorse. |
Rafael Espindola | 27797ba | 2013-10-17 18:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | if (isSafeToDestroyConstant(C)) { |
Devang Patel | d926aaa | 2009-03-06 01:37:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | C->destroyConstant(); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(V, Init, DL, TLI); |
Chris Lattner | cb9f152 | 2004-10-10 16:43:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 1c4bddc | 2004-10-08 20:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | } |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 356 | } |
| 357 | } |
Chris Lattner | cb9f152 | 2004-10-10 16:43:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | return Changed; |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | } |
| 360 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | /// Return true if the specified instruction is a safe user of a derived |
| 362 | /// expression from a global that we want to SROA. |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | static bool isSafeSROAElementUse(Value *V) { |
| 364 | // We might have a dead and dangling constant hanging off of here. |
| 365 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) |
Rafael Espindola | 27797ba | 2013-10-17 18:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | return isSafeToDestroyConstant(C); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 369 | if (!I) return false; |
| 370 | |
| 371 | // Loads are ok. |
| 372 | if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) return true; |
| 373 | |
| 374 | // Stores *to* the pointer are ok. |
| 375 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) |
| 376 | return SI->getOperand(0) != V; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | // Otherwise, it must be a GEP. |
| 379 | GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | if (!GEPI) return false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | if (GEPI->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEPI->getOperand(1)) || |
| 383 | !cast<Constant>(GEPI->getOperand(1))->isNullValue()) |
| 384 | return false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | for (User *U : GEPI->users()) |
| 387 | if (!isSafeSROAElementUse(U)) |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | ab05372 | 2008-01-14 01:31:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | return true; |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | /// U is a direct user of the specified global value. Look at it and its uses |
| 393 | /// and decide whether it is safe to SROA this global. |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | static bool IsUserOfGlobalSafeForSRA(User *U, GlobalValue *GV) { |
| 395 | // The user of the global must be a GEP Inst or a ConstantExpr GEP. |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | if (!isa<GetElementPtrInst>(U) && |
| 397 | (!isa<ConstantExpr>(U) || |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | cast<ConstantExpr>(U)->getOpcode() != Instruction::GetElementPtr)) |
| 399 | return false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | // Check to see if this ConstantExpr GEP is SRA'able. In particular, we |
| 402 | // don't like < 3 operand CE's, and we don't like non-constant integer |
| 403 | // indices. This enforces that all uses are 'gep GV, 0, C, ...' for some |
| 404 | // value of C. |
| 405 | if (U->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(U->getOperand(1)) || |
| 406 | !cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(1))->isNullValue() || |
| 407 | !isa<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(2))) |
| 408 | return false; |
| 409 | |
| 410 | gep_type_iterator GEPI = gep_type_begin(U), E = gep_type_end(U); |
| 411 | ++GEPI; // Skip over the pointer index. |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | // If this is a use of an array allocation, do a bit more checking for sanity. |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 414 | if (GEPI.isSequential()) { |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | ConstantInt *Idx = cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(2)); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | // Check to make sure that index falls within the array. If not, |
| 418 | // something funny is going on, so we won't do the optimization. |
| 419 | // |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | if (GEPI.isBoundedSequential() && |
| 421 | Idx->getZExtValue() >= GEPI.getSequentialNumElements()) |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | return false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | // We cannot scalar repl this level of the array unless any array |
| 425 | // sub-indices are in-range constants. In particular, consider: |
| 426 | // A[0][i]. We cannot know that the user isn't doing invalid things like |
| 427 | // allowing i to index an out-of-range subscript that accesses A[1]. |
| 428 | // |
| 429 | // Scalar replacing *just* the outer index of the array is probably not |
| 430 | // going to be a win anyway, so just give up. |
| 431 | for (++GEPI; // Skip array index. |
Dan Gohman | 82ac81b | 2009-08-18 14:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | GEPI != E; |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | ++GEPI) { |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | if (GEPI.isStruct()) |
Dan Gohman | 82ac81b | 2009-08-18 14:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | continue; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | ConstantInt *IdxVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEPI.getOperand()); |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | if (!IdxVal || |
| 439 | (GEPI.isBoundedSequential() && |
| 440 | IdxVal->getZExtValue() >= GEPI.getSequentialNumElements())) |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | return false; |
| 442 | } |
| 443 | } |
| 444 | |
Davide Italiano | c163fac | 2017-08-09 09:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | return llvm::all_of(U->users(), |
| 446 | [](User *UU) { return isSafeSROAElementUse(UU); }); |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | } |
| 448 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | /// Look at all uses of the global and decide whether it is safe for us to |
| 450 | /// perform this transformation. |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 | static bool GlobalUsersSafeToSRA(GlobalValue *GV) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | for (User *U : GV->users()) |
| 453 | if (!IsUserOfGlobalSafeForSRA(U, GV)) |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | return false; |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | return true; |
| 457 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | |
Victor Leschuk | 56b03d0 | 2017-08-04 04:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | /// Copy over the debug info for a variable to its SRA replacements. |
| 460 | static void transferSRADebugInfo(GlobalVariable *GV, GlobalVariable *NGV, |
| 461 | uint64_t FragmentOffsetInBits, |
Adrian Prantl | 504b82d | 2017-08-31 00:06:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 462 | uint64_t FragmentSizeInBits, |
| 463 | unsigned NumElements) { |
Victor Leschuk | 56b03d0 | 2017-08-04 04:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | SmallVector<DIGlobalVariableExpression *, 1> GVs; |
| 465 | GV->getDebugInfo(GVs); |
| 466 | for (auto *GVE : GVs) { |
| 467 | DIVariable *Var = GVE->getVariable(); |
| 468 | DIExpression *Expr = GVE->getExpression(); |
Adrian Prantl | 25a09dd | 2017-11-07 00:45:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | if (NumElements > 1) { |
| 470 | if (auto E = DIExpression::createFragmentExpression( |
| 471 | Expr, FragmentOffsetInBits, FragmentSizeInBits)) |
| 472 | Expr = *E; |
| 473 | else |
| 474 | return; |
| 475 | } |
Adrian Prantl | 504b82d | 2017-08-31 00:06:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | auto *NGVE = DIGlobalVariableExpression::get(GVE->getContext(), Var, Expr); |
Victor Leschuk | 56b03d0 | 2017-08-04 04:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | NGV->addDebugInfo(NGVE); |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | } |
| 480 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | /// Perform scalar replacement of aggregates on the specified global variable. |
| 482 | /// This opens the door for other optimizations by exposing the behavior of the |
| 483 | /// program in a more fine-grained way. We have determined that this |
| 484 | /// transformation is safe already. We return the first global variable we |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | /// insert so that the caller can reprocess it. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | static GlobalVariable *SRAGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, const DataLayout &DL) { |
Chris Lattner | ab05372 | 2008-01-14 01:31:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | // Make sure this global only has simple uses that we can SRA. |
Chris Lattner | 26fe7eb | 2008-01-14 02:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | if (!GlobalUsersSafeToSRA(GV)) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | return nullptr; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | |
James Molloy | eb040cc | 2016-04-25 10:48:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | assert(GV->hasLocalLinkage()); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | Constant *Init = GV->getInitializer(); |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | Type *Ty = Init->getType(); |
Misha Brukman | b1c9317 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | std::vector<GlobalVariable *> NewGlobals; |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | Module::GlobalListType &Globals = GV->getParent()->getGlobalList(); |
| 497 | |
Chris Lattner | 67ca6f63 | 2008-04-26 07:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | // Get the alignment of the global, either explicit or target-specific. |
| 499 | unsigned StartAlignment = GV->getAlignment(); |
| 500 | if (StartAlignment == 0) |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 501 | StartAlignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(GV->getType()); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) { |
Adrian Prantl | 504b82d | 2017-08-31 00:06:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | unsigned NumElements = STy->getNumElements(); |
| 505 | NewGlobals.reserve(NumElements); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | const StructLayout &Layout = *DL.getStructLayout(STy); |
Adrian Prantl | 504b82d | 2017-08-31 00:06:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumElements; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | Constant *In = Init->getAggregateElement(i); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | assert(In && "Couldn't get element of initializer?"); |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 | GlobalVariable *NGV = new GlobalVariable(STy->getElementType(i), false, |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | GlobalVariable::InternalLinkage, |
Daniel Dunbar | 132f783 | 2009-07-30 17:37:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | In, GV->getName()+"."+Twine(i), |
Hans Wennborg | cbe34b4 | 2012-06-23 11:37:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 | GV->getThreadLocalMode(), |
Owen Anderson | 5948fdf | 2009-07-08 01:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 514 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace()); |
Oliver Stannard | c110339 | 2015-11-09 16:47:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | NGV->setExternallyInitialized(GV->isExternallyInitialized()); |
Sergei Larin | 94be2de | 2016-01-22 21:18:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | NGV->copyAttributesFrom(GV); |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | Globals.push_back(NGV); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | NewGlobals.push_back(NGV); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | |
Chris Lattner | 67ca6f63 | 2008-04-26 07:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | // Calculate the known alignment of the field. If the original aggregate |
| 521 | // had 256 byte alignment for example, something might depend on that: |
| 522 | // propagate info to each field. |
| 523 | uint64_t FieldOffset = Layout.getElementOffset(i); |
| 524 | unsigned NewAlign = (unsigned)MinAlign(StartAlignment, FieldOffset); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | if (NewAlign > DL.getABITypeAlignment(STy->getElementType(i))) |
Chris Lattner | 67ca6f63 | 2008-04-26 07:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | NGV->setAlignment(NewAlign); |
Victor Leschuk | 56b03d0 | 2017-08-04 04:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | |
| 528 | // Copy over the debug info for the variable. |
Mikael Holmen | b69e5b7 | 2018-02-02 10:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(NGV->getValueType()); |
Mikael Holmen | 886edf8 | 2018-01-25 10:09:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | uint64_t FragmentOffsetInBits = Layout.getElementOffsetInBits(i); |
| 531 | transferSRADebugInfo(GV, NGV, FragmentOffsetInBits, Size, NumElements); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | } |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | } else if (SequentialType *STy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) { |
Peter Collingbourne | bc07052 | 2016-12-02 03:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | unsigned NumElements = STy->getNumElements(); |
Chris Lattner | 25169ca | 2005-02-23 16:53:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | if (NumElements > 16 && GV->hasNUsesOrMore(16)) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | return nullptr; // It's not worth it. |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | NewGlobals.reserve(NumElements); |
Victor Leschuk | 56b03d0 | 2017-08-04 04:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | auto ElTy = STy->getElementType(); |
| 539 | uint64_t EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElTy); |
| 540 | unsigned EltAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(ElTy); |
Mikael Holmen | b69e5b7 | 2018-02-02 10:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | uint64_t FragmentSizeInBits = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ElTy); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumElements; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | Constant *In = Init->getAggregateElement(i); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | assert(In && "Couldn't get element of initializer?"); |
| 545 | |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | GlobalVariable *NGV = new GlobalVariable(STy->getElementType(), false, |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | GlobalVariable::InternalLinkage, |
Daniel Dunbar | 132f783 | 2009-07-30 17:37:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | In, GV->getName()+"."+Twine(i), |
Hans Wennborg | cbe34b4 | 2012-06-23 11:37:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | GV->getThreadLocalMode(), |
Owen Anderson | b17f329 | 2009-07-08 19:03:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 550 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace()); |
Oliver Stannard | c110339 | 2015-11-09 16:47:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | NGV->setExternallyInitialized(GV->isExternallyInitialized()); |
Sergei Larin | 94be2de | 2016-01-22 21:18:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | NGV->copyAttributesFrom(GV); |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | Globals.push_back(NGV); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | NewGlobals.push_back(NGV); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | |
Chris Lattner | 67ca6f63 | 2008-04-26 07:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | // Calculate the known alignment of the field. If the original aggregate |
| 557 | // had 256 byte alignment for example, something might depend on that: |
| 558 | // propagate info to each field. |
| 559 | unsigned NewAlign = (unsigned)MinAlign(StartAlignment, EltSize*i); |
| 560 | if (NewAlign > EltAlign) |
| 561 | NGV->setAlignment(NewAlign); |
Adrian Prantl | 504b82d | 2017-08-31 00:06:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | transferSRADebugInfo(GV, NGV, FragmentSizeInBits * i, FragmentSizeInBits, |
| 563 | NumElements); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | } |
| 565 | } |
| 566 | |
| 567 | if (NewGlobals.empty()) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | return nullptr; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "PERFORMING GLOBAL SRA ON: " << *GV << "\n"); |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | Constant *NullInt =Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(GV->getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | |
| 574 | // Loop over all of the uses of the global, replacing the constantexpr geps, |
| 575 | // with smaller constantexpr geps or direct references. |
| 576 | while (!GV->use_empty()) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | User *GEP = GV->user_back(); |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | assert(((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEP) && |
| 579 | cast<ConstantExpr>(GEP)->getOpcode()==Instruction::GetElementPtr)|| |
| 580 | isa<GetElementPtrInst>(GEP)) && "NonGEP CE's are not SRAable!"); |
Misha Brukman | b1c9317 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 | |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | // Ignore the 1th operand, which has to be zero or else the program is quite |
| 583 | // broken (undefined). Get the 2nd operand, which is the structure or array |
| 584 | // index. |
Reid Spencer | e0fc4df | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | unsigned Val = cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(2))->getZExtValue(); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | if (Val >= NewGlobals.size()) Val = 0; // Out of bound array access. |
| 587 | |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | Value *NewPtr = NewGlobals[Val]; |
David Blaikie | d9d900c | 2015-05-07 17:28:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | Type *NewTy = NewGlobals[Val]->getValueType(); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | |
| 591 | // Form a shorter GEP if needed. |
Anton Korobeynikov | 1bfd121 | 2008-02-20 11:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | if (GEP->getNumOperands() > 3) { |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 593 | if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(GEP)) { |
Chris Lattner | f96f4a8 | 2007-01-31 04:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | SmallVector<Constant*, 8> Idxs; |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | Idxs.push_back(NullInt); |
| 596 | for (unsigned i = 3, e = CE->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) |
| 597 | Idxs.push_back(CE->getOperand(i)); |
David Blaikie | 4a2e73b | 2015-04-02 18:55:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | NewPtr = |
| 599 | ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(NewTy, cast<Constant>(NewPtr), Idxs); |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | } else { |
| 601 | GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(GEP); |
Chris Lattner | 927653f | 2007-01-31 19:59:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> Idxs; |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | Idxs.push_back(NullInt); |
| 604 | for (unsigned i = 3, e = GEPI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) |
| 605 | Idxs.push_back(GEPI->getOperand(i)); |
David Blaikie | 741c8f8 | 2015-03-14 01:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | NewPtr = GetElementPtrInst::Create( |
David Blaikie | d9d900c | 2015-05-07 17:28:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | NewTy, NewPtr, Idxs, GEPI->getName() + "." + Twine(Val), GEPI); |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | 1bfd121 | 2008-02-20 11:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | } |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | GEP->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPtr); |
| 611 | |
| 612 | if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(GEP)) |
Chris Lattner | 8e71c6a | 2004-10-16 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | GEPI->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | else |
| 615 | cast<ConstantExpr>(GEP)->destroyConstant(); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | } |
| 617 | |
Chris Lattner | 73ad73e | 2004-10-08 20:25:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | // Delete the old global, now that it is dead. |
| 619 | Globals.erase(GV); |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | ++NumSRA; |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | |
| 622 | // Loop over the new globals array deleting any globals that are obviously |
| 623 | // dead. This can arise due to scalarization of a structure or an array that |
| 624 | // has elements that are dead. |
| 625 | unsigned FirstGlobal = 0; |
| 626 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewGlobals.size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 627 | if (NewGlobals[i]->use_empty()) { |
| 628 | Globals.erase(NewGlobals[i]); |
| 629 | if (FirstGlobal == i) ++FirstGlobal; |
| 630 | } |
| 631 | |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | return FirstGlobal != NewGlobals.size() ? NewGlobals[FirstGlobal] : nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | abab071 | 2004-10-08 17:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 633 | } |
| 634 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | /// Return true if all users of the specified value will trap if the value is |
| 636 | /// dynamically null. PHIs keeps track of any phi nodes we've seen to avoid |
| 637 | /// reprocessing them. |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | static bool AllUsesOfValueWillTrapIfNull(const Value *V, |
Craig Topper | 71b7b68 | 2014-08-21 05:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const PHINode*> &PHIs) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | for (const User *U : V->users()) |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | if (isa<LoadInst>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | // Will trap. |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | } else if (const StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | if (SI->getOperand(0) == V) { |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | //cerr << "NONTRAPPING USE: " << *U; |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | return false; // Storing the value. |
| 647 | } |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | } else if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(U)) { |
Gabor Greif | febf6ab | 2010-03-20 21:00:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | if (CI->getCalledValue() != V) { |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | //cerr << "NONTRAPPING USE: " << *U; |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | return false; // Not calling the ptr |
| 652 | } |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | } else if (const InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(U)) { |
Gabor Greif | febf6ab | 2010-03-20 21:00:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | if (II->getCalledValue() != V) { |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | //cerr << "NONTRAPPING USE: " << *U; |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | return false; // Not calling the ptr |
| 657 | } |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | } else if (const BitCastInst *CI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | 2d2892e | 2007-09-13 16:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | if (!AllUsesOfValueWillTrapIfNull(CI, PHIs)) return false; |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | } else if (const GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | 2d2892e | 2007-09-13 16:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | if (!AllUsesOfValueWillTrapIfNull(GEPI, PHIs)) return false; |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | } else if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | 2d2892e | 2007-09-13 16:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | // If we've already seen this phi node, ignore it, it has already been |
| 664 | // checked. |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | if (PHIs.insert(PN).second && !AllUsesOfValueWillTrapIfNull(PN, PHIs)) |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | e27dc72 | 2010-01-29 23:54:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | return false; |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | } else if (isa<ICmpInst>(U) && |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | isa<ConstantPointerNull>(U->getOperand(1))) { |
Nick Lewycky | 614fb94 | 2010-02-25 06:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | // Ignore icmp X, null |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | } else { |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | //cerr << "NONTRAPPING USE: " << *U; |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | return false; |
| 673 | } |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | return true; |
| 676 | } |
| 677 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | /// Return true if all uses of any loads from GV will trap if the loaded value |
| 679 | /// is null. Note that this also permits comparisons of the loaded value |
| 680 | /// against null, as a special case. |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | static bool AllUsesOfLoadedValueWillTrapIfNull(const GlobalVariable *GV) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | for (const User *U : GV->users()) |
Gabor Greif | 6797287 | 2010-04-06 19:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U)) { |
| 684 | SmallPtrSet<const PHINode*, 8> PHIs; |
Chris Lattner | 2d2892e | 2007-09-13 16:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | if (!AllUsesOfValueWillTrapIfNull(LI, PHIs)) |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | return false; |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | } else if (isa<StoreInst>(U)) { |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | // Ignore stores to the global. |
| 689 | } else { |
| 690 | // We don't know or understand this user, bail out. |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | //cerr << "UNKNOWN USER OF GLOBAL!: " << *U; |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | return false; |
| 693 | } |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | return true; |
| 695 | } |
| 696 | |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | static bool OptimizeAwayTrappingUsesOfValue(Value *V, Constant *NewV) { |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | bool Changed = false; |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | for (auto UI = V->user_begin(), E = V->user_end(); UI != E; ) { |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(*UI++); |
| 701 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { |
| 702 | LI->setOperand(0, NewV); |
| 703 | Changed = true; |
| 704 | } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { |
| 705 | if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) { |
| 706 | SI->setOperand(1, NewV); |
| 707 | Changed = true; |
| 708 | } |
| 709 | } else if (isa<CallInst>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I)) { |
Gabor Greif | 0439789 | 2010-04-06 18:45:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | CallSite CS(I); |
| 711 | if (CS.getCalledValue() == V) { |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | // Calling through the pointer! Turn into a direct call, but be careful |
| 713 | // that the pointer is not also being passed as an argument. |
Gabor Greif | 0439789 | 2010-04-06 18:45:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | CS.setCalledFunction(NewV); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | Changed = true; |
| 716 | bool PassedAsArg = false; |
Gabor Greif | 0439789 | 2010-04-06 18:45:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CS.arg_size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 718 | if (CS.getArgument(i) == V) { |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | PassedAsArg = true; |
Gabor Greif | 0439789 | 2010-04-06 18:45:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | CS.setArgument(i, NewV); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | } |
| 722 | |
| 723 | if (PassedAsArg) { |
| 724 | // Being passed as an argument also. Be careful to not invalidate UI! |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | UI = V->user_begin(); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | } |
| 727 | } |
| 728 | } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) { |
| 729 | Changed |= OptimizeAwayTrappingUsesOfValue(CI, |
Owen Anderson | 487375e | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | NewV, CI->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | if (CI->use_empty()) { |
| 733 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | 8e71c6a | 2004-10-16 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | } |
| 736 | } else if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { |
| 737 | // Should handle GEP here. |
Chris Lattner | f96f4a8 | 2007-01-31 04:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | SmallVector<Constant*, 8> Idxs; |
| 739 | Idxs.reserve(GEPI->getNumOperands()-1); |
Gabor Greif | 3a9fba5 | 2008-05-29 01:59:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | for (User::op_iterator i = GEPI->op_begin() + 1, e = GEPI->op_end(); |
| 741 | i != e; ++i) |
| 742 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(*i)) |
Chris Lattner | f96f4a8 | 2007-01-31 04:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | Idxs.push_back(C); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | else |
| 745 | break; |
Chris Lattner | f96f4a8 | 2007-01-31 04:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | if (Idxs.size() == GEPI->getNumOperands()-1) |
David Blaikie | 4a2e73b | 2015-04-02 18:55:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | Changed |= OptimizeAwayTrappingUsesOfValue( |
| 748 | GEPI, ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(nullptr, NewV, Idxs)); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | if (GEPI->use_empty()) { |
| 750 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | 8e71c6a | 2004-10-16 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | GEPI->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | } |
| 753 | } |
| 754 | } |
| 755 | |
| 756 | return Changed; |
| 757 | } |
| 758 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | /// The specified global has only one non-null value stored into it. If there |
| 760 | /// are uses of the loaded value that would trap if the loaded value is |
| 761 | /// dynamically null, then we know that they cannot be reachable with a null |
| 762 | /// optimize away the load. |
Nick Lewycky | cf6aae6 | 2012-02-12 01:13:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | static bool OptimizeAwayTrappingUsesOfLoads(GlobalVariable *GV, Constant *LV, |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Nick Lewycky | cf6aae6 | 2012-02-12 01:13:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | bool Changed = false; |
| 767 | |
Chris Lattner | 2538eb6 | 2009-01-14 00:12:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | // Keep track of whether we are able to remove all the uses of the global |
| 769 | // other than the store that defines it. |
| 770 | bool AllNonStoreUsesGone = true; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | // Replace all uses of loads with uses of uses of the stored value. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | for (Value::user_iterator GUI = GV->user_begin(), E = GV->user_end(); GUI != E;){ |
Chris Lattner | 2538eb6 | 2009-01-14 00:12:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | User *GlobalUser = *GUI++; |
| 775 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(GlobalUser)) { |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | Changed |= OptimizeAwayTrappingUsesOfValue(LI, LV); |
Chris Lattner | 2538eb6 | 2009-01-14 00:12:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | // If we were able to delete all uses of the loads |
| 778 | if (LI->use_empty()) { |
| 779 | LI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 780 | Changed = true; |
| 781 | } else { |
| 782 | AllNonStoreUsesGone = false; |
| 783 | } |
| 784 | } else if (isa<StoreInst>(GlobalUser)) { |
| 785 | // Ignore the store that stores "LV" to the global. |
| 786 | assert(GlobalUser->getOperand(1) == GV && |
| 787 | "Must be storing *to* the global"); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 2538eb6 | 2009-01-14 00:12:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | AllNonStoreUsesGone = false; |
| 790 | |
| 791 | // If we get here we could have other crazy uses that are transitively |
| 792 | // loaded. |
| 793 | assert((isa<PHINode>(GlobalUser) || isa<SelectInst>(GlobalUser) || |
Benjamin Kramer | ed84360 | 2012-09-28 10:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | isa<ConstantExpr>(GlobalUser) || isa<CmpInst>(GlobalUser) || |
| 795 | isa<BitCastInst>(GlobalUser) || |
| 796 | isa<GetElementPtrInst>(GlobalUser)) && |
Chris Lattner | 1a1acc2 | 2011-05-22 07:15:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | "Only expect load and stores!"); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2538eb6 | 2009-01-14 00:12:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | } |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | |
| 801 | if (Changed) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "OPTIMIZED LOADS FROM STORED ONCE POINTER: " << *GV |
| 803 | << "\n"); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | ++NumGlobUses; |
| 805 | } |
| 806 | |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | // If we nuked all of the loads, then none of the stores are needed either, |
| 808 | // nor is the global. |
Chris Lattner | 2538eb6 | 2009-01-14 00:12:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | if (AllNonStoreUsesGone) { |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | if (isLeakCheckerRoot(GV)) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 811 | Changed |= CleanupPointerRootUsers(GV, TLI); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 | } else { |
| 813 | Changed = true; |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(GV, nullptr, DL, TLI); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | } |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | if (GV->use_empty()) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " *** GLOBAL NOW DEAD!\n"); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | 8e71c6a | 2004-10-16 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | ++NumDeleted; |
| 821 | } |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | } |
| 823 | return Changed; |
| 824 | } |
| 825 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | /// Walk the use list of V, constant folding all of the instructions that are |
| 827 | /// foldable. |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | static void ConstantPropUsersOf(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
Rafael Espindola | aeff8a9 | 2014-02-24 23:12:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | for (Value::user_iterator UI = V->user_begin(), E = V->user_end(); UI != E; ) |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*UI++)) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | if (Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldInstruction(I, DL, TLI)) { |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(NewC); |
| 834 | |
Chris Lattner | d6a4492 | 2005-02-01 01:23:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | // Advance UI to the next non-I use to avoid invalidating it! |
| 836 | // Instructions could multiply use V. |
| 837 | while (UI != E && *UI == I) |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 838 | ++UI; |
David Majnemer | 522a911 | 2016-07-22 04:54:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I, TLI)) |
| 840 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | } |
| 842 | } |
| 843 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | /// This function takes the specified global variable, and transforms the |
| 845 | /// program as if it always contained the result of the specified malloc. |
| 846 | /// Because it is always the result of the specified malloc, there is no reason |
| 847 | /// to actually DO the malloc. Instead, turn the malloc into a global, and any |
| 848 | /// loads of GV as uses of the new global. |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | static GlobalVariable * |
| 850 | OptimizeGlobalAddressOfMalloc(GlobalVariable *GV, CallInst *CI, Type *AllocTy, |
| 851 | ConstantInt *NElements, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 852 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "PROMOTING GLOBAL: " << *GV << " CALL = " << *CI |
| 854 | << '\n'); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | Type *GlobalType; |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | if (NElements->getZExtValue() == 1) |
| 858 | GlobalType = AllocTy; |
| 859 | else |
| 860 | // If we have an array allocation, the global variable is of an array. |
| 861 | GlobalType = ArrayType::get(AllocTy, NElements->getZExtValue()); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | |
| 863 | // Create the new global variable. The contents of the malloc'd memory is |
| 864 | // undefined, so initialize with an undef value. |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | GlobalVariable *NewGV = new GlobalVariable( |
| 866 | *GV->getParent(), GlobalType, false, GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, |
| 867 | UndefValue::get(GlobalType), GV->getName() + ".body", nullptr, |
| 868 | GV->getThreadLocalMode()); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | // If there are bitcast users of the malloc (which is typical, usually we have |
| 871 | // a malloc + bitcast) then replace them with uses of the new global. Update |
| 872 | // other users to use the global as well. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | BitCastInst *TheBC = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | while (!CI->use_empty()) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(CI->user_back()); |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(User)) { |
| 877 | if (BCI->getType() == NewGV->getType()) { |
| 878 | BCI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewGV); |
| 879 | BCI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 880 | } else { |
| 881 | BCI->setOperand(0, NewGV); |
| 882 | } |
| 883 | } else { |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | if (!TheBC) |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | TheBC = new BitCastInst(NewGV, CI->getType(), "newgv", CI); |
| 886 | User->replaceUsesOfWith(CI, TheBC); |
| 887 | } |
| 888 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | Constant *RepValue = NewGV; |
Manuel Jacob | 5f6eaac | 2016-01-16 20:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | if (NewGV->getType() != GV->getValueType()) |
| 892 | RepValue = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(RepValue, GV->getValueType()); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | |
| 894 | // If there is a comparison against null, we will insert a global bool to |
| 895 | // keep track of whether the global was initialized yet or not. |
| 896 | GlobalVariable *InitBool = |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | new GlobalVariable(Type::getInt1Ty(GV->getContext()), false, |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | ConstantInt::getFalse(GV->getContext()), |
Hans Wennborg | cbe34b4 | 2012-06-23 11:37:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | GV->getName()+".init", GV->getThreadLocalMode()); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | bool InitBoolUsed = false; |
| 902 | |
| 903 | // Loop over all uses of GV, processing them in turn. |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | while (!GV->use_empty()) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(GV->user_back())) { |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | // The global is initialized when the store to it occurs. |
Nick Lewycky | 52da72b | 2012-02-05 19:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(GV->getContext()), InitBool, false, 0, |
Konstantin Zhuravlyov | bb80d3e | 2017-07-11 22:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | SI->getOrdering(), SI->getSyncScopeID(), SI); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | SI->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | continue; |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(GV->user_back()); |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | while (!LI->use_empty()) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | Use &LoadUse = *LI->use_begin(); |
| 916 | ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(LoadUse.getUser()); |
| 917 | if (!ICI) { |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | LoadUse = RepValue; |
| 919 | continue; |
| 920 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | // Replace the cmp X, 0 with a use of the bool value. |
Nick Lewycky | 52da72b | 2012-02-05 19:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | // Sink the load to where the compare was, if atomic rules allow us to. |
| 924 | Value *LV = new LoadInst(InitBool, InitBool->getName()+".val", false, 0, |
Konstantin Zhuravlyov | bb80d3e | 2017-07-11 22:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | LI->getOrdering(), LI->getSyncScopeID(), |
Nick Lewycky | 52da72b | 2012-02-05 19:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | LI->isUnordered() ? (Instruction*)ICI : LI); |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | InitBoolUsed = true; |
| 928 | switch (ICI->getPredicate()) { |
| 929 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown ICmp Predicate!"); |
| 930 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
| 931 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // X < null -> always false |
| 932 | LV = ConstantInt::getFalse(GV->getContext()); |
| 933 | break; |
| 934 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: |
| 935 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: |
| 936 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: |
| 937 | LV = BinaryOperator::CreateNot(LV, "notinit", ICI); |
| 938 | break; |
| 939 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: |
| 940 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: |
| 941 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: |
| 942 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: |
| 943 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: |
| 944 | break; // no change. |
| 945 | } |
| 946 | ICI->replaceAllUsesWith(LV); |
| 947 | ICI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 948 | } |
| 949 | LI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 950 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | |
| 952 | // If the initialization boolean was used, insert it, otherwise delete it. |
| 953 | if (!InitBoolUsed) { |
| 954 | while (!InitBool->use_empty()) // Delete initializations |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | cast<StoreInst>(InitBool->user_back())->eraseFromParent(); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | delete InitBool; |
| 957 | } else |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | GV->getParent()->getGlobalList().insert(GV->getIterator(), InitBool); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | |
Chris Lattner | 7939f79 | 2010-02-25 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | // Now the GV is dead, nuke it and the malloc.. |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 963 | |
| 964 | // To further other optimizations, loop over all users of NewGV and try to |
| 965 | // constant prop them. This will promote GEP instructions with constant |
| 966 | // indices into GEP constant-exprs, which will allow global-opt to hack on it. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | ConstantPropUsersOf(NewGV, DL, TLI); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | if (RepValue != NewGV) |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | ConstantPropUsersOf(RepValue, DL, TLI); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | |
| 971 | return NewGV; |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | /// Scan the use-list of V checking to make sure that there are no complex uses |
| 975 | /// of V. We permit simple things like dereferencing the pointer, but not |
| 976 | /// storing through the address, unless it is to the specified global. |
Gabor Greif | a21bc0f | 2010-04-06 18:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | static bool ValueIsOnlyUsedLocallyOrStoredToOneGlobal(const Instruction *V, |
| 978 | const GlobalVariable *GV, |
Craig Topper | 71b7b68 | 2014-08-21 05:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const PHINode*> &PHIs) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | for (const User *U : V->users()) { |
| 981 | const Instruction *Inst = cast<Instruction>(U); |
Gabor Greif | 08355d6 | 2010-04-06 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | |
Chris Lattner | f0eb568 | 2008-12-15 21:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | if (isa<LoadInst>(Inst) || isa<CmpInst>(Inst)) { |
| 984 | continue; // Fine, ignore. |
| 985 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | |
Gabor Greif | a21bc0f | 2010-04-06 18:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | if (const StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) { |
Chris Lattner | c0677c0 | 2004-12-02 07:11:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | if (SI->getOperand(0) == V && SI->getOperand(1) != GV) |
| 989 | return false; // Storing the pointer itself... bad. |
Chris Lattner | f0eb568 | 2008-12-15 21:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | continue; // Otherwise, storing through it, or storing into GV... fine. |
| 991 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | |
Chris Lattner | b9801ff | 2010-04-10 18:19:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | // Must index into the array and into the struct. |
| 994 | if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(Inst) && Inst->getNumOperands() >= 3) { |
Chris Lattner | f0eb568 | 2008-12-15 21:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | if (!ValueIsOnlyUsedLocallyOrStoredToOneGlobal(Inst, GV, PHIs)) |
Chris Lattner | c0677c0 | 2004-12-02 07:11:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | f0eb568 | 2008-12-15 21:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | continue; |
| 998 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | |
Gabor Greif | a21bc0f | 2010-04-06 18:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Inst)) { |
Chris Lattner | 6eed0e7 | 2007-09-13 16:37:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | // PHIs are ok if all uses are ok. Don't infinitely recurse through PHI |
| 1002 | // cycles. |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | if (PHIs.insert(PN).second) |
Chris Lattner | 5d13fb53 | 2007-09-14 03:41:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | if (!ValueIsOnlyUsedLocallyOrStoredToOneGlobal(PN, GV, PHIs)) |
| 1005 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | f0eb568 | 2008-12-15 21:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | continue; |
Chris Lattner | c0677c0 | 2004-12-02 07:11:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | |
Gabor Greif | a21bc0f | 2010-04-06 18:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 | if (const BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Inst)) { |
Chris Lattner | f0eb568 | 2008-12-15 21:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | if (!ValueIsOnlyUsedLocallyOrStoredToOneGlobal(BCI, GV, PHIs)) |
| 1011 | return false; |
| 1012 | continue; |
| 1013 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | |
Chris Lattner | f0eb568 | 2008-12-15 21:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | return false; |
| 1016 | } |
Chris Lattner | c0677c0 | 2004-12-02 07:11:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | c0677c0 | 2004-12-02 07:11:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | } |
| 1019 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | /// The Alloc pointer is stored into GV somewhere. Transform all uses of the |
| 1021 | /// allocation into loads from the global and uses of the resultant pointer. |
| 1022 | /// Further, delete the store into GV. This assumes that these value pass the |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 | /// 'ValueIsOnlyUsedLocallyOrStoredToOneGlobal' predicate. |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 | static void ReplaceUsesOfMallocWithGlobal(Instruction *Alloc, |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | GlobalVariable *GV) { |
| 1026 | while (!Alloc->use_empty()) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | Instruction *U = cast<Instruction>(*Alloc->user_begin()); |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | Instruction *InsertPt = U; |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U)) { |
| 1030 | // If this is the store of the allocation into the global, remove it. |
| 1031 | if (SI->getOperand(1) == GV) { |
| 1032 | SI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1033 | continue; |
| 1034 | } |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) { |
| 1036 | // Insert the load in the corresponding predecessor, not right before the |
| 1037 | // PHI. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | InsertPt = PN->getIncomingBlock(*Alloc->use_begin())->getTerminator(); |
Chris Lattner | 49e3bdc | 2008-12-15 21:44:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | } else if (isa<BitCastInst>(U)) { |
| 1040 | // Must be bitcast between the malloc and store to initialize the global. |
| 1041 | ReplaceUsesOfMallocWithGlobal(U, GV); |
| 1042 | U->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1043 | continue; |
| 1044 | } else if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(U)) { |
| 1045 | // If this is a "GEP bitcast" and the user is a store to the global, then |
| 1046 | // just process it as a bitcast. |
| 1047 | if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices() && GEPI->hasOneUse()) |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(GEPI->user_back())) |
Chris Lattner | 49e3bdc | 2008-12-15 21:44:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | if (SI->getOperand(1) == GV) { |
| 1050 | // Must be bitcast GEP between the malloc and store to initialize |
| 1051 | // the global. |
| 1052 | ReplaceUsesOfMallocWithGlobal(GEPI, GV); |
| 1053 | GEPI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1054 | continue; |
| 1055 | } |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | // Insert a load from the global, and use it instead of the malloc. |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | Value *NL = new LoadInst(GV, GV->getName()+".val", InsertPt); |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | U->replaceUsesOfWith(Alloc, NL); |
| 1061 | } |
| 1062 | } |
| 1063 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | /// Verify that all uses of V (a load, or a phi of a load) are simple enough to |
| 1065 | /// perform heap SRA on. This permits GEP's that index through the array and |
| 1066 | /// struct field, icmps of null, and PHIs. |
Gabor Greif | 5d5db53 | 2010-04-01 08:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | static bool LoadUsesSimpleEnoughForHeapSRA(const Value *V, |
Craig Topper | 71b7b68 | 2014-08-21 05:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const PHINode*> &LoadUsingPHIs, |
| 1069 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const PHINode*> &LoadUsingPHIsPerLoad) { |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 | // We permit two users of the load: setcc comparing against the null |
| 1071 | // pointer, and a getelementptr of a specific form. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | for (const User *U : V->users()) { |
| 1073 | const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | // Comparison against null is ok. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | if (const ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(UI)) { |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | if (!isa<ConstantPointerNull>(ICI->getOperand(1))) |
| 1078 | return false; |
| 1079 | continue; |
| 1080 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 | // getelementptr is also ok, but only a simple form. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | if (const GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(UI)) { |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 | // Must index into the array and into the struct. |
| 1085 | if (GEPI->getNumOperands() < 3) |
| 1086 | return false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | // Otherwise the GEP is ok. |
| 1089 | continue; |
| 1090 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI)) { |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | if (!LoadUsingPHIsPerLoad.insert(PN).second) |
Evan Cheng | 8368944 | 2009-06-02 00:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | // This means some phi nodes are dependent on each other. |
| 1095 | // Avoid infinite looping! |
| 1096 | return false; |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | if (!LoadUsingPHIs.insert(PN).second) |
Evan Cheng | 8368944 | 2009-06-02 00:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | // If we have already analyzed this PHI, then it is safe. |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | continue; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1101 | // Make sure all uses of the PHI are simple enough to transform. |
Evan Cheng | 8368944 | 2009-06-02 00:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | if (!LoadUsesSimpleEnoughForHeapSRA(PN, |
| 1103 | LoadUsingPHIs, LoadUsingPHIsPerLoad)) |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | return false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | continue; |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | // Otherwise we don't know what this is, not ok. |
| 1110 | return false; |
| 1111 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | return true; |
| 1114 | } |
| 1115 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | /// If all users of values loaded from GV are simple enough to perform HeapSRA, |
| 1117 | /// return true. |
Gabor Greif | 5d5db53 | 2010-04-01 08:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | static bool AllGlobalLoadUsesSimpleEnoughForHeapSRA(const GlobalVariable *GV, |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | Instruction *StoredVal) { |
Gabor Greif | 5d5db53 | 2010-04-01 08:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | SmallPtrSet<const PHINode*, 32> LoadUsingPHIs; |
| 1121 | SmallPtrSet<const PHINode*, 32> LoadUsingPHIsPerLoad; |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | for (const User *U : GV->users()) |
| 1123 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U)) { |
Evan Cheng | 8368944 | 2009-06-02 00:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | if (!LoadUsesSimpleEnoughForHeapSRA(LI, LoadUsingPHIs, |
| 1125 | LoadUsingPHIsPerLoad)) |
Chris Lattner | 56b5538 | 2008-12-16 21:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | return false; |
Evan Cheng | 8368944 | 2009-06-02 00:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | LoadUsingPHIsPerLoad.clear(); |
| 1128 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | // If we reach here, we know that all uses of the loads and transitive uses |
| 1131 | // (through PHI nodes) are simple enough to transform. However, we don't know |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | // that all inputs the to the PHI nodes are in the same equivalence sets. |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | // Check to verify that all operands of the PHIs are either PHIS that can be |
| 1134 | // transformed, loads from GV, or MI itself. |
Craig Topper | 4627679 | 2014-08-24 23:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | for (const PHINode *PN : LoadUsingPHIs) { |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | for (unsigned op = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); op != e; ++op) { |
| 1137 | Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(op); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | // PHI of the stored value itself is ok. |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | if (InVal == StoredVal) continue; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | |
Gabor Greif | 5d5db53 | 2010-04-01 08:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | if (const PHINode *InPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(InVal)) { |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | // One of the PHIs in our set is (optimistically) ok. |
| 1144 | if (LoadUsingPHIs.count(InPN)) |
| 1145 | continue; |
| 1146 | return false; |
| 1147 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | // Load from GV is ok. |
Gabor Greif | 5d5db53 | 2010-04-01 08:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(InVal)) |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 | if (LI->getOperand(0) == GV) |
| 1152 | continue; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | // UNDEF? NULL? |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1155 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | // Anything else is rejected. |
| 1157 | return false; |
| 1158 | } |
| 1159 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | return true; |
| 1162 | } |
| 1163 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | static Value *GetHeapSROAValue(Value *V, unsigned FieldNo, |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | DenseMap<Value *, std::vector<Value *>> &InsertedScalarizedValues, |
| 1166 | std::vector<std::pair<PHINode *, unsigned>> &PHIsToRewrite) { |
| 1167 | std::vector<Value *> &FieldVals = InsertedScalarizedValues[V]; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | if (FieldNo >= FieldVals.size()) |
| 1170 | FieldVals.resize(FieldNo+1); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | // If we already have this value, just reuse the previously scalarized |
| 1173 | // version. |
| 1174 | if (Value *FieldVal = FieldVals[FieldNo]) |
| 1175 | return FieldVal; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | // Depending on what instruction this is, we have several cases. |
| 1178 | Value *Result; |
| 1179 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) { |
| 1180 | // This is a scalarized version of the load from the global. Just create |
| 1181 | // a new Load of the scalarized global. |
| 1182 | Result = new LoadInst(GetHeapSROAValue(LI->getOperand(0), FieldNo, |
| 1183 | InsertedScalarizedValues, |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | PHIsToRewrite), |
Daniel Dunbar | 132f783 | 2009-07-30 17:37:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | LI->getName()+".f"+Twine(FieldNo), LI); |
David Blaikie | 741c8f8 | 2015-03-14 01:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | } else { |
| 1187 | PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(V); |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | // PN's type is pointer to struct. Make a new PHI of pointer to struct |
| 1189 | // field. |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | |
Matt Arsenault | fcd7401 | 2014-04-23 20:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(PN->getType()); |
| 1192 | StructType *ST = cast<StructType>(PTy->getElementType()); |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace(); |
Jay Foad | e0938d8 | 2011-03-30 11:19:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | PHINode *NewPN = |
Matt Arsenault | fcd7401 | 2014-04-23 20:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | PHINode::Create(PointerType::get(ST->getElementType(FieldNo), AS), |
Jay Foad | 5213134 | 2011-03-30 11:28:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | PN->getNumIncomingValues(), |
Daniel Dunbar | 132f783 | 2009-07-30 17:37:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | PN->getName()+".f"+Twine(FieldNo), PN); |
Jay Foad | e0938d8 | 2011-03-30 11:19:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | Result = NewPN; |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | PHIsToRewrite.push_back(std::make_pair(PN, FieldNo)); |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | return FieldVals[FieldNo] = Result; |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | } |
| 1205 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | /// Given a load instruction and a value derived from the load, rewrite the |
| 1207 | /// derived value to use the HeapSRoA'd load. |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | static void RewriteHeapSROALoadUser(Instruction *LoadUser, |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | DenseMap<Value *, std::vector<Value *>> &InsertedScalarizedValues, |
| 1210 | std::vector<std::pair<PHINode *, unsigned>> &PHIsToRewrite) { |
Chris Lattner | f315d4f | 2007-09-13 17:29:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | // If this is a comparison against null, handle it. |
| 1212 | if (ICmpInst *SCI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(LoadUser)) { |
| 1213 | assert(isa<ConstantPointerNull>(SCI->getOperand(1))); |
| 1214 | // If we have a setcc of the loaded pointer, we can use a setcc of any |
| 1215 | // field. |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | Value *NPtr = GetHeapSROAValue(SCI->getOperand(0), 0, |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 | InsertedScalarizedValues, PHIsToRewrite); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 | |
Owen Anderson | 1e5f00e | 2009-07-09 23:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | Value *New = new ICmpInst(SCI, SCI->getPredicate(), NPtr, |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | Constant::getNullValue(NPtr->getType()), |
Owen Anderson | 1e5f00e | 2009-07-09 23:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | SCI->getName()); |
Chris Lattner | f315d4f | 2007-09-13 17:29:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | SCI->replaceAllUsesWith(New); |
| 1223 | SCI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1224 | return; |
| 1225 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | // Handle 'getelementptr Ptr, Idx, i32 FieldNo ...' |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LoadUser)) { |
| 1229 | assert(GEPI->getNumOperands() >= 3 && isa<ConstantInt>(GEPI->getOperand(2)) |
| 1230 | && "Unexpected GEPI!"); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | // Load the pointer for this field. |
| 1233 | unsigned FieldNo = cast<ConstantInt>(GEPI->getOperand(2))->getZExtValue(); |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | Value *NewPtr = GetHeapSROAValue(GEPI->getOperand(0), FieldNo, |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | InsertedScalarizedValues, PHIsToRewrite); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | // Create the new GEP idx vector. |
| 1238 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> GEPIdx; |
| 1239 | GEPIdx.push_back(GEPI->getOperand(1)); |
| 1240 | GEPIdx.append(GEPI->op_begin()+3, GEPI->op_end()); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | |
David Blaikie | 22319eb | 2015-03-14 19:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | Value *NGEPI = GetElementPtrInst::Create(GEPI->getResultElementType(), NewPtr, GEPIdx, |
Gabor Greif | e9ecc68 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | GEPI->getName(), GEPI); |
Chris Lattner | ba98f89 | 2007-09-13 18:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | GEPI->replaceAllUsesWith(NGEPI); |
| 1245 | GEPI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1246 | return; |
| 1247 | } |
Chris Lattner | 011f91b | 2007-09-13 21:31:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | // Recursively transform the users of PHI nodes. This will lazily create the |
| 1250 | // PHIs that are needed for individual elements. Keep track of what PHIs we |
| 1251 | // see in InsertedScalarizedValues so that we don't get infinite loops (very |
| 1252 | // antisocial). If the PHI is already in InsertedScalarizedValues, it has |
| 1253 | // already been seen first by another load, so its uses have already been |
| 1254 | // processed. |
| 1255 | PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(LoadUser); |
Chris Lattner | 5cf753c | 2011-07-21 06:21:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | if (!InsertedScalarizedValues.insert(std::make_pair(PN, |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | std::vector<Value *>())).second) |
Chris Lattner | 5cf753c | 2011-07-21 06:21:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | return; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | // If this is the first time we've seen this PHI, recursively process all |
| 1261 | // users. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | for (auto UI = PN->user_begin(), E = PN->user_end(); UI != E;) { |
Chris Lattner | 0cdf523 | 2008-12-17 05:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI++); |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | RewriteHeapSROALoadUser(User, InsertedScalarizedValues, PHIsToRewrite); |
Chris Lattner | 0cdf523 | 2008-12-17 05:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | } |
Chris Lattner | f315d4f | 2007-09-13 17:29:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | } |
| 1267 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | /// We are performing Heap SRoA on a global. Ptr is a value loaded from the |
| 1269 | /// global. Eliminate all uses of Ptr, making them use FieldGlobals instead. |
| 1270 | /// All uses of loaded values satisfy AllGlobalLoadUsesSimpleEnoughForHeapSRA. |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | static void RewriteUsesOfLoadForHeapSRoA(LoadInst *Load, |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | DenseMap<Value *, std::vector<Value *>> &InsertedScalarizedValues, |
| 1273 | std::vector<std::pair<PHINode *, unsigned> > &PHIsToRewrite) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | for (auto UI = Load->user_begin(), E = Load->user_end(); UI != E;) { |
Chris Lattner | 0cdf523 | 2008-12-17 05:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI++); |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | RewriteHeapSROALoadUser(User, InsertedScalarizedValues, PHIsToRewrite); |
Chris Lattner | 0cdf523 | 2008-12-17 05:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | |
Chris Lattner | 222ef4c | 2008-12-17 05:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | if (Load->use_empty()) { |
| 1280 | Load->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1281 | InsertedScalarizedValues.erase(Load); |
| 1282 | } |
Chris Lattner | 24d3d42 | 2006-09-30 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | } |
| 1284 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | /// CI is an allocation of an array of structures. Break it up into multiple |
| 1286 | /// allocations of arrays of the fields. |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | static GlobalVariable *PerformHeapAllocSRoA(GlobalVariable *GV, CallInst *CI, |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | Value *NElems, const DataLayout &DL, |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA HEAP ALLOC: " << *GV << " MALLOC = " << *CI |
| 1291 | << '\n'); |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | Type *MAT = getMallocAllocatedType(CI, TLI); |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | StructType *STy = cast<StructType>(MAT); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | |
| 1295 | // There is guaranteed to be at least one use of the malloc (storing |
| 1296 | // it into GV). If there are other uses, change them to be uses of |
| 1297 | // the global to simplify later code. This also deletes the store |
| 1298 | // into GV. |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | ReplaceUsesOfMallocWithGlobal(CI, GV); |
| 1300 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | // Okay, at this point, there are no users of the malloc. Insert N |
| 1302 | // new mallocs at the same place as CI, and N globals. |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | std::vector<Value *> FieldGlobals; |
| 1304 | std::vector<Value *> FieldMallocs; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | |
David Majnemer | fadc6db | 2016-04-29 08:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | SmallVector<OperandBundleDef, 1> OpBundles; |
| 1307 | CI->getOperandBundlesAsDefs(OpBundles); |
| 1308 | |
Matt Arsenault | fcd7401 | 2014-04-23 20:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | unsigned AS = GV->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | for (unsigned FieldNo = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); FieldNo != e;++FieldNo){ |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | Type *FieldTy = STy->getElementType(FieldNo); |
Matt Arsenault | fcd7401 | 2014-04-23 20:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | PointerType *PFieldTy = PointerType::get(FieldTy, AS); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | GlobalVariable *NGV = new GlobalVariable( |
| 1315 | *GV->getParent(), PFieldTy, false, GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, |
| 1316 | Constant::getNullValue(PFieldTy), GV->getName() + ".f" + Twine(FieldNo), |
| 1317 | nullptr, GV->getThreadLocalMode()); |
Sergei Larin | 94be2de | 2016-01-22 21:18:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | NGV->copyAttributesFrom(GV); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | FieldGlobals.push_back(NGV); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | unsigned TypeSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(FieldTy); |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(FieldTy)) |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | TypeSize = DL.getStructLayout(ST)->getSizeInBytes(); |
| 1324 | Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(CI->getType()); |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | Value *NMI = CallInst::CreateMalloc(CI, IntPtrTy, FieldTy, |
| 1326 | ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, TypeSize), |
David Majnemer | fadc6db | 2016-04-29 08:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | NElems, OpBundles, nullptr, |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | CI->getName() + ".f" + Twine(FieldNo)); |
Chris Lattner | 0521c09 | 2010-02-26 18:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | FieldMallocs.push_back(NMI); |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | new StoreInst(NMI, NGV, CI); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | // The tricky aspect of this transformation is handling the case when malloc |
| 1334 | // fails. In the original code, malloc failing would set the result pointer |
| 1335 | // of malloc to null. In this case, some mallocs could succeed and others |
| 1336 | // could fail. As such, we emit code that looks like this: |
| 1337 | // F0 = malloc(field0) |
| 1338 | // F1 = malloc(field1) |
| 1339 | // F2 = malloc(field2) |
| 1340 | // if (F0 == 0 || F1 == 0 || F2 == 0) { |
| 1341 | // if (F0) { free(F0); F0 = 0; } |
| 1342 | // if (F1) { free(F1); F1 = 0; } |
| 1343 | // if (F2) { free(F2); F2 = 0; } |
| 1344 | // } |
Victor Hernandez | fcc77b1 | 2009-11-10 08:32:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | // The malloc can also fail if its argument is too large. |
Gabor Greif | 218f554 | 2010-06-24 14:42:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | Constant *ConstantZero = ConstantInt::get(CI->getArgOperand(0)->getType(), 0); |
| 1347 | Value *RunningOr = new ICmpInst(CI, ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, CI->getArgOperand(0), |
Victor Hernandez | fcc77b1 | 2009-11-10 08:32:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | ConstantZero, "isneg"); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FieldMallocs.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | Value *Cond = new ICmpInst(CI, ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, FieldMallocs[i], |
| 1351 | Constant::getNullValue(FieldMallocs[i]->getType()), |
| 1352 | "isnull"); |
Victor Hernandez | fcc77b1 | 2009-11-10 08:32:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | RunningOr = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(RunningOr, Cond, "tmp", CI); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | } |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | // Split the basic block at the old malloc. |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | BasicBlock *OrigBB = CI->getParent(); |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | BasicBlock *ContBB = |
| 1359 | OrigBB->splitBasicBlock(CI->getIterator(), "malloc_cont"); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | // Create the block to check the first condition. Put all these blocks at the |
| 1362 | // end of the function as they are unlikely to be executed. |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | BasicBlock *NullPtrBlock = BasicBlock::Create(OrigBB->getContext(), |
| 1364 | "malloc_ret_null", |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | OrigBB->getParent()); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | // Remove the uncond branch from OrigBB to ContBB, turning it into a cond |
| 1368 | // branch on RunningOr. |
| 1369 | OrigBB->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1370 | BranchInst::Create(NullPtrBlock, ContBB, RunningOr, OrigBB); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | // Within the NullPtrBlock, we need to emit a comparison and branch for each |
| 1373 | // pointer, because some may be null while others are not. |
| 1374 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FieldGlobals.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1375 | Value *GVVal = new LoadInst(FieldGlobals[i], "tmp", NullPtrBlock); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | Value *Cmp = new ICmpInst(*NullPtrBlock, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, GVVal, |
Benjamin Kramer | 547b6c5 | 2011-09-27 20:39:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | Constant::getNullValue(GVVal->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | BasicBlock *FreeBlock = BasicBlock::Create(Cmp->getContext(), "free_it", |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | OrigBB->getParent()); |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | BasicBlock *NextBlock = BasicBlock::Create(Cmp->getContext(), "next", |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | OrigBB->getParent()); |
Victor Hernandez | e297149 | 2009-10-24 04:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | Instruction *BI = BranchInst::Create(FreeBlock, NextBlock, |
| 1383 | Cmp, NullPtrBlock); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | |
| 1385 | // Fill in FreeBlock. |
David Majnemer | fadc6db | 2016-04-29 08:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | CallInst::CreateFree(GVVal, OpBundles, BI); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | new StoreInst(Constant::getNullValue(GVVal->getType()), FieldGlobals[i], |
| 1388 | FreeBlock); |
| 1389 | BranchInst::Create(NextBlock, FreeBlock); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | NullPtrBlock = NextBlock; |
| 1392 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | BranchInst::Create(ContBB, NullPtrBlock); |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | |
| 1396 | // CI is no longer needed, remove it. |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1398 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | /// As we process loads, if we can't immediately update all uses of the load, |
| 1400 | /// keep track of what scalarized loads are inserted for a given load. |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | DenseMap<Value *, std::vector<Value *>> InsertedScalarizedValues; |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | InsertedScalarizedValues[GV] = FieldGlobals; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | std::vector<std::pair<PHINode *, unsigned>> PHIsToRewrite; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | // Okay, the malloc site is completely handled. All of the uses of GV are now |
| 1407 | // loads, and all uses of those loads are simple. Rewrite them to use loads |
| 1408 | // of the per-field globals instead. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | for (auto UI = GV->user_begin(), E = GV->user_end(); UI != E;) { |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI++); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(User)) { |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | RewriteUsesOfLoadForHeapSRoA(LI, InsertedScalarizedValues, PHIsToRewrite); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | continue; |
| 1415 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | // Must be a store of null. |
| 1418 | StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(User); |
| 1419 | assert(isa<ConstantPointerNull>(SI->getOperand(0)) && |
| 1420 | "Unexpected heap-sra user!"); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | // Insert a store of null into each global. |
| 1423 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FieldGlobals.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
Manuel Jacob | 5f6eaac | 2016-01-16 20:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | Type *ValTy = cast<GlobalValue>(FieldGlobals[i])->getValueType(); |
| 1425 | Constant *Null = Constant::getNullValue(ValTy); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | new StoreInst(Null, FieldGlobals[i], SI); |
| 1427 | } |
| 1428 | // Erase the original store. |
| 1429 | SI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1430 | } |
| 1431 | |
| 1432 | // While we have PHIs that are interesting to rewrite, do it. |
| 1433 | while (!PHIsToRewrite.empty()) { |
| 1434 | PHINode *PN = PHIsToRewrite.back().first; |
| 1435 | unsigned FieldNo = PHIsToRewrite.back().second; |
| 1436 | PHIsToRewrite.pop_back(); |
| 1437 | PHINode *FieldPN = cast<PHINode>(InsertedScalarizedValues[PN][FieldNo]); |
| 1438 | assert(FieldPN->getNumIncomingValues() == 0 &&"Already processed this phi"); |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | // Add all the incoming values. This can materialize more phis. |
| 1441 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1442 | Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i); |
| 1443 | InVal = GetHeapSROAValue(InVal, FieldNo, InsertedScalarizedValues, |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 | PHIsToRewrite); |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | FieldPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN->getIncomingBlock(i)); |
| 1446 | } |
| 1447 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | // Drop all inter-phi links and any loads that made it this far. |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | for (DenseMap<Value *, std::vector<Value *>>::iterator |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | I = InsertedScalarizedValues.begin(), E = InsertedScalarizedValues.end(); |
| 1452 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 1453 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first)) |
| 1454 | PN->dropAllReferences(); |
| 1455 | else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I->first)) |
| 1456 | LI->dropAllReferences(); |
| 1457 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | // Delete all the phis and loads now that inter-references are dead. |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | for (DenseMap<Value *, std::vector<Value *>>::iterator |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | I = InsertedScalarizedValues.begin(), E = InsertedScalarizedValues.end(); |
| 1462 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 1463 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first)) |
| 1464 | PN->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1465 | else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I->first)) |
| 1466 | LI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1467 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | // The old global is now dead, remove it. |
| 1470 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | ++NumHeapSRA; |
| 1473 | return cast<GlobalVariable>(FieldGlobals[0]); |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | /// This function is called when we see a pointer global variable with a single |
| 1477 | /// value stored it that is a malloc or cast of malloc. |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | static bool tryToOptimizeStoreOfMallocToGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, CallInst *CI, |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | Type *AllocTy, |
Nick Lewycky | 52da72b | 2012-02-05 19:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | AtomicOrdering Ordering, |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Nick Lewycky | cf6aae6 | 2012-02-12 01:13:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | // If this is a malloc of an abstract type, don't touch it. |
| 1484 | if (!AllocTy->isSized()) |
| 1485 | return false; |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | // We can't optimize this global unless all uses of it are *known* to be |
| 1488 | // of the malloc value, not of the null initializer value (consider a use |
| 1489 | // that compares the global's value against zero to see if the malloc has |
| 1490 | // been reached). To do this, we check to see if all uses of the global |
| 1491 | // would trap if the global were null: this proves that they must all |
| 1492 | // happen after the malloc. |
| 1493 | if (!AllUsesOfLoadedValueWillTrapIfNull(GV)) |
| 1494 | return false; |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | // We can't optimize this if the malloc itself is used in a complex way, |
| 1497 | // for example, being stored into multiple globals. This allows the |
Nick Lewycky | bbd1156 | 2012-02-05 19:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 | // malloc to be stored into the specified global, loaded icmp'd, and |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | // GEP'd. These are all things we could transform to using the global |
| 1500 | // for. |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | SmallPtrSet<const PHINode*, 8> PHIs; |
| 1502 | if (!ValueIsOnlyUsedLocallyOrStoredToOneGlobal(CI, GV, PHIs)) |
| 1503 | return false; |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1504 | |
| 1505 | // If we have a global that is only initialized with a fixed size malloc, |
| 1506 | // transform the program to use global memory instead of malloc'd memory. |
| 1507 | // This eliminates dynamic allocation, avoids an indirection accessing the |
| 1508 | // data, and exposes the resultant global to further GlobalOpt. |
Victor Hernandez | 264da32 | 2009-10-16 23:12:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | // We cannot optimize the malloc if we cannot determine malloc array size. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | Value *NElems = getMallocArraySize(CI, DL, TLI, true); |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | if (!NElems) |
| 1512 | return false; |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | if (ConstantInt *NElements = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NElems)) |
| 1515 | // Restrict this transformation to only working on small allocations |
| 1516 | // (2048 bytes currently), as we don't want to introduce a 16M global or |
| 1517 | // something. |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | if (NElements->getZExtValue() * DL.getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy) < 2048) { |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | OptimizeGlobalAddressOfMalloc(GV, CI, AllocTy, NElements, DL, TLI); |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | return true; |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1521 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | // If the allocation is an array of structures, consider transforming this |
| 1524 | // into multiple malloc'd arrays, one for each field. This is basically |
| 1525 | // SRoA for malloc'd memory. |
| 1526 | |
JF Bastien | 800f87a | 2016-04-06 21:19:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | if (Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic) |
Nick Lewycky | 52da72b | 2012-02-05 19:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | return false; |
| 1529 | |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | // If this is an allocation of a fixed size array of structs, analyze as a |
| 1531 | // variable size array. malloc [100 x struct],1 -> malloc struct, 100 |
Gabor Greif | 218f554 | 2010-06-24 14:42:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | if (NElems == ConstantInt::get(CI->getArgOperand(0)->getType(), 1)) |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | if (ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(AllocTy)) |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | AllocTy = AT->getElementType(); |
Gabor Greif | 218f554 | 2010-06-24 14:42:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | StructType *AllocSTy = dyn_cast<StructType>(AllocTy); |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | if (!AllocSTy) |
| 1538 | return false; |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | // This the structure has an unreasonable number of fields, leave it |
| 1541 | // alone. |
| 1542 | if (AllocSTy->getNumElements() <= 16 && AllocSTy->getNumElements() != 0 && |
| 1543 | AllGlobalLoadUsesSimpleEnoughForHeapSRA(GV, CI)) { |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | // If this is a fixed size array, transform the Malloc to be an alloc of |
| 1546 | // structs. malloc [100 x struct],1 -> malloc struct, 100 |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | if (ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(getMallocAllocatedType(CI, TLI))) { |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(CI->getType()); |
| 1549 | unsigned TypeSize = DL.getStructLayout(AllocSTy)->getSizeInBytes(); |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | Value *AllocSize = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, TypeSize); |
| 1551 | Value *NumElements = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AT->getNumElements()); |
David Majnemer | fadc6db | 2016-04-29 08:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | SmallVector<OperandBundleDef, 1> OpBundles; |
| 1553 | CI->getOperandBundlesAsDefs(OpBundles); |
| 1554 | Instruction *Malloc = |
| 1555 | CallInst::CreateMalloc(CI, IntPtrTy, AllocSTy, AllocSize, NumElements, |
| 1556 | OpBundles, nullptr, CI->getName()); |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | Instruction *Cast = new BitCastInst(Malloc, CI->getType(), "tmp", CI); |
| 1558 | CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Cast); |
| 1559 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
Nuno Lopes | 9792d68 | 2012-06-22 00:25:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Malloc)) |
| 1561 | CI = cast<CallInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)); |
| 1562 | else |
Nuno Lopes | 0b60ebb | 2012-06-22 00:29:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | CI = cast<CallInst>(Malloc); |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | PerformHeapAllocSRoA(GV, CI, getMallocArraySize(CI, DL, TLI, true), DL, |
| 1567 | TLI); |
Evan Cheng | 21b588b | 2010-04-14 20:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | return true; |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | return false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 5d03449 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | // Try to optimize globals based on the knowledge that only one value (besides |
| 1575 | // its initializer) is ever stored to the global. |
| 1576 | static bool optimizeOnceStoredGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, Value *StoredOnceVal, |
Nick Lewycky | 52da72b | 2012-02-05 19:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | AtomicOrdering Ordering, |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Rafael Espindola | aeff8a9 | 2014-02-24 23:12:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Chris Lattner | 1c731fa | 2008-12-15 21:20:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | // Ignore no-op GEPs and bitcasts. |
| 1581 | StoredOnceVal = StoredOnceVal->stripPointerCasts(); |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | // If we are dealing with a pointer global that is initialized to null and |
| 1584 | // only has one (non-null) value stored into it, then we can optimize any |
| 1585 | // users of the loaded value (often calls and loads) that would trap if the |
| 1586 | // value was null. |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | if (GV->getInitializer()->getType()->isPointerTy() && |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | GV->getInitializer()->isNullValue()) { |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | if (Constant *SOVC = dyn_cast<Constant>(StoredOnceVal)) { |
| 1590 | if (GV->getInitializer()->getType() != SOVC->getType()) |
Chris Lattner | 1a1acc2 | 2011-05-22 07:15:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | SOVC = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(SOVC, GV->getInitializer()->getType()); |
Misha Brukman | b1c9317 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | // Optimize away any trapping uses of the loaded value. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | if (OptimizeAwayTrappingUsesOfLoads(GV, SOVC, DL, TLI)) |
Chris Lattner | 604ed7a | 2004-10-10 17:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | return true; |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | } else if (CallInst *CI = extractMallocCall(StoredOnceVal, TLI)) { |
| 1597 | Type *MallocType = getMallocAllocatedType(CI, TLI); |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | if (MallocType && tryToOptimizeStoreOfMallocToGlobal(GV, CI, MallocType, |
| 1599 | Ordering, DL, TLI)) |
Victor Hernandez | f3db915 | 2009-11-07 00:16:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | e42eb31 | 2004-10-10 23:14:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | } |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | } |
Chris Lattner | 004e250 | 2004-10-11 05:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | |
Chris Lattner | 09a5272 | 2004-10-09 21:48:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | return false; |
| 1605 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1c4bddc | 2004-10-08 20:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | /// At this point, we have learned that the only two values ever stored into GV |
| 1608 | /// are its initializer and OtherVal. See if we can shrink the global into a |
| 1609 | /// boolean and select between the two values whenever it is used. This exposes |
| 1610 | /// the values to other scalar optimizations. |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | static bool TryToShrinkGlobalToBoolean(GlobalVariable *GV, Constant *OtherVal) { |
Manuel Jacob | 5f6eaac | 2016-01-16 20:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | Type *GVElType = GV->getValueType(); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | // If GVElType is already i1, it is already shrunk. If the type of the GV is |
| 1615 | // an FP value, pointer or vector, don't do this optimization because a select |
| 1616 | // between them is very expensive and unlikely to lead to later |
| 1617 | // simplification. In these cases, we typically end up with "cond ? v1 : v2" |
| 1618 | // where v1 and v2 both require constant pool loads, a big loss. |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | if (GVElType == Type::getInt1Ty(GV->getContext()) || |
Duncan Sands | 9dff9be | 2010-02-15 16:12:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | GVElType->isFloatingPointTy() || |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | GVElType->isPointerTy() || GVElType->isVectorTy()) |
Chris Lattner | 20bbac3 | 2008-01-14 01:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | return false; |
Gabor Greif | a75ed76 | 2010-07-12 14:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | |
Chris Lattner | 20bbac3 | 2008-01-14 01:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | // Walk the use list of the global seeing if all the uses are load or store. |
| 1625 | // If there is anything else, bail out. |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | for (User *U : GV->users()) |
Gabor Greif | a75ed76 | 2010-07-12 14:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | if (!isa<LoadInst>(U) && !isa<StoreInst>(U)) |
Chris Lattner | 20bbac3 | 2008-01-14 01:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | return false; |
Gabor Greif | a75ed76 | 2010-07-12 14:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " *** SHRINKING TO BOOL: " << *GV << "\n"); |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | |
| 1632 | // Create the new global, initializing it to false. |
| 1633 | GlobalVariable *NewGV = new GlobalVariable(Type::getInt1Ty(GV->getContext()), |
| 1634 | false, |
| 1635 | GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, |
| 1636 | ConstantInt::getFalse(GV->getContext()), |
| 1637 | GV->getName()+".b", |
| 1638 | GV->getThreadLocalMode(), |
| 1639 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace()); |
Sergei Larin | 94be2de | 2016-01-22 21:18:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | NewGV->copyAttributesFrom(GV); |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | GV->getParent()->getGlobalList().insert(GV->getIterator(), NewGV); |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | |
Chris Lattner | 40e4cec | 2004-12-12 05:53:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | Constant *InitVal = GV->getInitializer(); |
Chris Lattner | 46b5c64 | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | assert(InitVal->getType() != Type::getInt1Ty(GV->getContext()) && |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | "No reason to shrink to bool!"); |
Chris Lattner | 40e4cec | 2004-12-12 05:53:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | |
Strahinja Petrovic | 29202f6 | 2017-09-21 10:04:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | SmallVector<DIGlobalVariableExpression *, 1> GVs; |
| 1648 | GV->getDebugInfo(GVs); |
| 1649 | |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | // If initialized to zero and storing one into the global, we can use a cast |
| 1651 | // instead of a select to synthesize the desired value. |
| 1652 | bool IsOneZero = false; |
Strahinja Petrovic | 29202f6 | 2017-09-21 10:04:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | bool EmitOneOrZero = true; |
| 1654 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(OtherVal)){ |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | IsOneZero = InitVal->isNullValue() && CI->isOne(); |
Chris Lattner | 40e4cec | 2004-12-12 05:53:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1656 | |
Strahinja Petrovic | 29202f6 | 2017-09-21 10:04:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | if (ConstantInt *CIInit = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GV->getInitializer())){ |
| 1658 | uint64_t ValInit = CIInit->getZExtValue(); |
| 1659 | uint64_t ValOther = CI->getZExtValue(); |
| 1660 | uint64_t ValMinus = ValOther - ValInit; |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | for(auto *GVe : GVs){ |
| 1663 | DIGlobalVariable *DGV = GVe->getVariable(); |
| 1664 | DIExpression *E = GVe->getExpression(); |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | // It is expected that the address of global optimized variable is on |
| 1667 | // top of the stack. After optimization, value of that variable will |
| 1668 | // be ether 0 for initial value or 1 for other value. The following |
| 1669 | // expression should return constant integer value depending on the |
| 1670 | // value at global object address: |
| 1671 | // val * (ValOther - ValInit) + ValInit: |
| 1672 | // DW_OP_deref DW_OP_constu <ValMinus> |
| 1673 | // DW_OP_mul DW_OP_constu <ValInit> DW_OP_plus DW_OP_stack_value |
Adrian Prantl | 210a29d | 2018-04-27 21:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | SmallVector<uint64_t, 12> Ops = { |
| 1675 | dwarf::DW_OP_deref, dwarf::DW_OP_constu, ValMinus, |
| 1676 | dwarf::DW_OP_mul, dwarf::DW_OP_constu, ValInit, |
| 1677 | dwarf::DW_OP_plus}; |
| 1678 | E = DIExpression::prependOpcodes(E, Ops, DIExpression::WithStackValue); |
Strahinja Petrovic | 29202f6 | 2017-09-21 10:04:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | DIGlobalVariableExpression *DGVE = |
| 1680 | DIGlobalVariableExpression::get(NewGV->getContext(), DGV, E); |
| 1681 | NewGV->addDebugInfo(DGVE); |
| 1682 | } |
| 1683 | EmitOneOrZero = false; |
| 1684 | } |
| 1685 | } |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | if (EmitOneOrZero) { |
| 1688 | // FIXME: This will only emit address for debugger on which will |
| 1689 | // be written only 0 or 1. |
| 1690 | for(auto *GV : GVs) |
| 1691 | NewGV->addDebugInfo(GV); |
| 1692 | } |
| 1693 | |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | while (!GV->use_empty()) { |
| 1695 | Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(GV->user_back()); |
| 1696 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UI)) { |
| 1697 | // Change the store into a boolean store. |
| 1698 | bool StoringOther = SI->getOperand(0) == OtherVal; |
| 1699 | // Only do this if we weren't storing a loaded value. |
| 1700 | Value *StoreVal; |
| 1701 | if (StoringOther || SI->getOperand(0) == InitVal) { |
| 1702 | StoreVal = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(GV->getContext()), |
| 1703 | StoringOther); |
Bill Wendling | 7297b86 | 2013-02-13 23:00:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | } else { |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | // Otherwise, we are storing a previously loaded copy. To do this, |
| 1706 | // change the copy from copying the original value to just copying the |
| 1707 | // bool. |
| 1708 | Instruction *StoredVal = cast<Instruction>(SI->getOperand(0)); |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | // If we've already replaced the input, StoredVal will be a cast or |
| 1711 | // select instruction. If not, it will be a load of the original |
| 1712 | // global. |
| 1713 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(StoredVal)) { |
| 1714 | assert(LI->getOperand(0) == GV && "Not a copy!"); |
| 1715 | // Insert a new load, to preserve the saved value. |
| 1716 | StoreVal = new LoadInst(NewGV, LI->getName()+".b", false, 0, |
Konstantin Zhuravlyov | bb80d3e | 2017-07-11 22:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | LI->getOrdering(), LI->getSyncScopeID(), LI); |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | } else { |
| 1719 | assert((isa<CastInst>(StoredVal) || isa<SelectInst>(StoredVal)) && |
| 1720 | "This is not a form that we understand!"); |
| 1721 | StoreVal = StoredVal->getOperand(0); |
| 1722 | assert(isa<LoadInst>(StoreVal) && "Not a load of NewGV!"); |
| 1723 | } |
Chris Lattner | 745196a | 2004-12-12 19:34:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | } |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | new StoreInst(StoreVal, NewGV, false, 0, |
Konstantin Zhuravlyov | bb80d3e | 2017-07-11 22:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | SI->getOrdering(), SI->getSyncScopeID(), SI); |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | } else { |
| 1728 | // Change the load into a load of bool then a select. |
| 1729 | LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(UI); |
| 1730 | LoadInst *NLI = new LoadInst(NewGV, LI->getName()+".b", false, 0, |
Konstantin Zhuravlyov | bb80d3e | 2017-07-11 22:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | LI->getOrdering(), LI->getSyncScopeID(), LI); |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | Value *NSI; |
| 1733 | if (IsOneZero) |
| 1734 | NSI = new ZExtInst(NLI, LI->getType(), "", LI); |
| 1735 | else |
| 1736 | NSI = SelectInst::Create(NLI, OtherVal, InitVal, "", LI); |
| 1737 | NSI->takeName(LI); |
| 1738 | LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NSI); |
Devang Patel | fc507a1 | 2009-03-06 01:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | } |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | UI->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 40e4cec | 2004-12-12 05:53:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | } |
| 1742 | |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | // Retain the name of the old global variable. People who are debugging their |
| 1744 | // programs may expect these variables to be named the same. |
| 1745 | NewGV->takeName(GV); |
| 1746 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 20bbac3 | 2008-01-14 01:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 40e4cec | 2004-12-12 05:53:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1748 | } |
| 1749 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1750 | static bool deleteIfDead(GlobalValue &GV, |
| 1751 | SmallSet<const Comdat *, 8> &NotDiscardableComdats) { |
Rafael Espindola | 2cc46b3 | 2015-12-22 19:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | GV.removeDeadConstantUsers(); |
| 1753 | |
Mehdi Amini | d880309 | 2016-09-15 20:26:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | if (!GV.isDiscardableIfUnused() && !GV.isDeclaration()) |
Rafael Espindola | 2cc46b3 | 2015-12-22 19:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 | return false; |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | if (const Comdat *C = GV.getComdat()) |
| 1758 | if (!GV.hasLocalLinkage() && NotDiscardableComdats.count(C)) |
| 1759 | return false; |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | bool Dead; |
| 1762 | if (auto *F = dyn_cast<Function>(&GV)) |
Mehdi Amini | d880309 | 2016-09-15 20:26:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | Dead = (F->isDeclaration() && F->use_empty()) || F->isDefTriviallyDead(); |
Rafael Espindola | 2cc46b3 | 2015-12-22 19:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | else |
| 1765 | Dead = GV.use_empty(); |
| 1766 | if (!Dead) |
| 1767 | return false; |
| 1768 | |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "GLOBAL DEAD: " << GV << "\n"); |
Rafael Espindola | 2cc46b3 | 2015-12-22 19:38:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | GV.eraseFromParent(); |
| 1771 | ++NumDeleted; |
| 1772 | return true; |
| 1773 | } |
Chris Lattner | 40e4cec | 2004-12-12 05:53:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | static bool isPointerValueDeadOnEntryToFunction( |
| 1776 | const Function *F, GlobalValue *GV, |
| 1777 | function_ref<DominatorTree &(Function &)> LookupDomTree) { |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | // Find all uses of GV. We expect them all to be in F, and if we can't |
| 1779 | // identify any of the uses we bail out. |
| 1780 | // |
| 1781 | // On each of these uses, identify if the memory that GV points to is |
| 1782 | // used/required/live at the start of the function. If it is not, for example |
| 1783 | // if the first thing the function does is store to the GV, the GV can |
| 1784 | // possibly be demoted. |
| 1785 | // |
| 1786 | // We don't do an exhaustive search for memory operations - simply look |
| 1787 | // through bitcasts as they're quite common and benign. |
| 1788 | const DataLayout &DL = GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(); |
| 1789 | SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads; |
| 1790 | SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores; |
| 1791 | for (auto *U : GV->users()) { |
| 1792 | if (Operator::getOpcode(U) == Instruction::BitCast) { |
| 1793 | for (auto *UU : U->users()) { |
| 1794 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UU)) |
| 1795 | Loads.push_back(LI); |
| 1796 | else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UU)) |
| 1797 | Stores.push_back(SI); |
| 1798 | else |
| 1799 | return false; |
| 1800 | } |
| 1801 | continue; |
| 1802 | } |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U); |
| 1805 | if (!I) |
| 1806 | return false; |
| 1807 | assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == F); |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) |
| 1810 | Loads.push_back(LI); |
| 1811 | else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) |
| 1812 | Stores.push_back(SI); |
| 1813 | else |
| 1814 | return false; |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | // We have identified all uses of GV into loads and stores. Now check if all |
| 1818 | // of them are known not to depend on the value of the global at the function |
| 1819 | // entry point. We do this by ensuring that every load is dominated by at |
| 1820 | // least one store. |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | auto &DT = LookupDomTree(*const_cast<Function *>(F)); |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | |
James Molloy | d4d2357 | 2015-11-16 10:16:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | // The below check is quadratic. Check we're not going to do too many tests. |
| 1824 | // FIXME: Even though this will always have worst-case quadratic time, we |
| 1825 | // could put effort into minimizing the average time by putting stores that |
| 1826 | // have been shown to dominate at least one load at the beginning of the |
| 1827 | // Stores array, making subsequent dominance checks more likely to succeed |
| 1828 | // early. |
| 1829 | // |
| 1830 | // The threshold here is fairly large because global->local demotion is a |
| 1831 | // very powerful optimization should it fire. |
| 1832 | const unsigned Threshold = 100; |
| 1833 | if (Loads.size() * Stores.size() > Threshold) |
| 1834 | return false; |
| 1835 | |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | for (auto *L : Loads) { |
| 1837 | auto *LTy = L->getType(); |
David Majnemer | 0a16c22 | 2016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | if (none_of(Stores, [&](const StoreInst *S) { |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | auto *STy = S->getValueOperand()->getType(); |
| 1840 | // The load is only dominated by the store if DomTree says so |
| 1841 | // and the number of bits loaded in L is less than or equal to |
| 1842 | // the number of bits stored in S. |
| 1843 | return DT.dominates(S, L) && |
| 1844 | DL.getTypeStoreSize(LTy) <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(STy); |
| 1845 | })) |
| 1846 | return false; |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | // All loads have known dependences inside F, so the global can be localized. |
| 1849 | return true; |
| 1850 | } |
| 1851 | |
James Molloy | 1d695a0 | 2015-11-19 18:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | /// C may have non-instruction users. Can all of those users be turned into |
| 1853 | /// instructions? |
| 1854 | static bool allNonInstructionUsersCanBeMadeInstructions(Constant *C) { |
| 1855 | // We don't do this exhaustively. The most common pattern that we really need |
| 1856 | // to care about is a constant GEP or constant bitcast - so just looking |
| 1857 | // through one single ConstantExpr. |
| 1858 | // |
| 1859 | // The set of constants that this function returns true for must be able to be |
| 1860 | // handled by makeAllConstantUsesInstructions. |
| 1861 | for (auto *U : C->users()) { |
| 1862 | if (isa<Instruction>(U)) |
| 1863 | continue; |
| 1864 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(U)) |
| 1865 | // Non instruction, non-constantexpr user; cannot convert this. |
| 1866 | return false; |
| 1867 | for (auto *UU : U->users()) |
| 1868 | if (!isa<Instruction>(UU)) |
| 1869 | // A constantexpr used by another constant. We don't try and recurse any |
| 1870 | // further but just bail out at this point. |
| 1871 | return false; |
| 1872 | } |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | return true; |
| 1875 | } |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | /// C may have non-instruction users, and |
| 1878 | /// allNonInstructionUsersCanBeMadeInstructions has returned true. Convert the |
| 1879 | /// non-instruction users to instructions. |
| 1880 | static void makeAllConstantUsesInstructions(Constant *C) { |
| 1881 | SmallVector<ConstantExpr*,4> Users; |
| 1882 | for (auto *U : C->users()) { |
| 1883 | if (isa<ConstantExpr>(U)) |
| 1884 | Users.push_back(cast<ConstantExpr>(U)); |
| 1885 | else |
| 1886 | // We should never get here; allNonInstructionUsersCanBeMadeInstructions |
| 1887 | // should not have returned true for C. |
| 1888 | assert( |
| 1889 | isa<Instruction>(U) && |
| 1890 | "Can't transform non-constantexpr non-instruction to instruction!"); |
| 1891 | } |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | SmallVector<Value*,4> UUsers; |
| 1894 | for (auto *U : Users) { |
| 1895 | UUsers.clear(); |
| 1896 | for (auto *UU : U->users()) |
| 1897 | UUsers.push_back(UU); |
| 1898 | for (auto *UU : UUsers) { |
| 1899 | Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(UU); |
| 1900 | Instruction *NewU = U->getAsInstruction(); |
| 1901 | NewU->insertBefore(UI); |
| 1902 | UI->replaceUsesOfWith(U, NewU); |
| 1903 | } |
Eli Friedman | 10ab923 | 2017-04-27 18:39:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | // We've replaced all the uses, so destroy the constant. (destroyConstant |
| 1905 | // will update value handles and metadata.) |
| 1906 | U->destroyConstant(); |
James Molloy | 1d695a0 | 2015-11-19 18:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | } |
| 1908 | } |
| 1909 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | /// Analyze the specified global variable and optimize |
Rafael Espindola | fc355bc | 2011-01-19 16:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | /// it if possible. If we make a change, return true. |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | static bool processInternalGlobal( |
| 1913 | GlobalVariable *GV, const GlobalStatus &GS, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 1914 | function_ref<DominatorTree &(Function &)> LookupDomTree) { |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | auto &DL = GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(); |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | // If this is a first class global and has only one accessing function and |
| 1917 | // this function is non-recursive, we replace the global with a local alloca |
| 1918 | // in this function. |
Alexey Samsonov | a1944e6 | 2013-10-07 19:03:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | // |
Alp Toker | f907b89 | 2013-12-05 05:44:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | // NOTE: It doesn't make sense to promote non-single-value types since we |
Alexey Samsonov | a1944e6 | 2013-10-07 19:03:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | // are just replacing static memory to stack memory. |
| 1922 | // |
| 1923 | // If the global is in different address space, don't bring it to stack. |
| 1924 | if (!GS.HasMultipleAccessingFunctions && |
James Molloy | 1d695a0 | 2015-11-19 18:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | GS.AccessingFunction && |
Manuel Jacob | 5f6eaac | 2016-01-16 20:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | GV->getValueType()->isSingleValueType() && |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace() == 0 && |
| 1928 | !GV->isExternallyInitialized() && |
James Molloy | 1d695a0 | 2015-11-19 18:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | allNonInstructionUsersCanBeMadeInstructions(GV) && |
James Molloy | 9c7d4d8 | 2015-11-15 14:21:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | GS.AccessingFunction->doesNotRecurse() && |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | isPointerValueDeadOnEntryToFunction(GS.AccessingFunction, GV, |
| 1932 | LookupDomTree)) { |
Matt Arsenault | 3c1fc76 | 2017-04-10 22:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | const DataLayout &DL = GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(); |
| 1934 | |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LOCALIZING GLOBAL: " << *GV << "\n"); |
Alexey Samsonov | a1944e6 | 2013-10-07 19:03:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | Instruction &FirstI = const_cast<Instruction&>(*GS.AccessingFunction |
| 1937 | ->getEntryBlock().begin()); |
Manuel Jacob | 5f6eaac | 2016-01-16 20:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | Type *ElemTy = GV->getValueType(); |
Alexey Samsonov | a1944e6 | 2013-10-07 19:03:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | // FIXME: Pass Global's alignment when globals have alignment |
Matt Arsenault | 3c1fc76 | 2017-04-10 22:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | AllocaInst *Alloca = new AllocaInst(ElemTy, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace(), nullptr, |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | GV->getName(), &FirstI); |
Alexey Samsonov | a1944e6 | 2013-10-07 19:03:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | if (!isa<UndefValue>(GV->getInitializer())) |
| 1943 | new StoreInst(GV->getInitializer(), Alloca, &FirstI); |
| 1944 | |
James Molloy | 1d695a0 | 2015-11-19 18:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | makeAllConstantUsesInstructions(GV); |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | |
Alexey Samsonov | a1944e6 | 2013-10-07 19:03:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | GV->replaceAllUsesWith(Alloca); |
| 1948 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1949 | ++NumLocalized; |
| 1950 | return true; |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | // If the global is never loaded (but may be stored to), it is dead. |
| 1954 | // Delete it now. |
Rafael Espindola | 045a78f | 2013-10-17 18:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | if (!GS.IsLoaded) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "GLOBAL NEVER LOADED: " << *GV << "\n"); |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | bool Changed; |
| 1959 | if (isLeakCheckerRoot(GV)) { |
| 1960 | // Delete any constant stores to the global. |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | Changed = CleanupPointerRootUsers(GV, TLI); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | } else { |
| 1963 | // Delete any stores we can find to the global. We may not be able to |
| 1964 | // make it completely dead though. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 | Changed = CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(GV, GV->getInitializer(), DL, TLI); |
Nick Lewycky | faa9c3b0 | 2012-07-24 07:21:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | } |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | |
| 1968 | // If the global is dead now, delete it. |
| 1969 | if (GV->use_empty()) { |
| 1970 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1971 | ++NumDeleted; |
| 1972 | Changed = true; |
| 1973 | } |
| 1974 | return Changed; |
| 1975 | |
James Molloy | eb040cc | 2016-04-25 10:48:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | } |
| 1977 | if (GS.StoredType <= GlobalStatus::InitializerStored) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "MARKING CONSTANT: " << *GV << "\n"); |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | GV->setConstant(true); |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | // Clean up any obviously simplifiable users now. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(GV, GV->getInitializer(), DL, TLI); |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | |
| 1984 | // If the global is dead now, just nuke it. |
| 1985 | if (GV->use_empty()) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " *** Marking constant allowed us to simplify " |
| 1987 | << "all users and delete global!\n"); |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1989 | ++NumDeleted; |
James Molloy | eb040cc | 2016-04-25 10:48:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | return true; |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | } |
| 1992 | |
James Molloy | eb040cc | 2016-04-25 10:48:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | // Fall through to the next check; see if we can optimize further. |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | ++NumMarked; |
James Molloy | eb040cc | 2016-04-25 10:48:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | } |
| 1996 | if (!GV->getInitializer()->getType()->isSingleValueType()) { |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | const DataLayout &DL = GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(); |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | if (SRAGlobal(GV, DL)) |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | return true; |
James Molloy | eb040cc | 2016-04-25 10:48:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | } |
| 2001 | if (GS.StoredType == GlobalStatus::StoredOnce && GS.StoredOnceValue) { |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | // If the initial value for the global was an undef value, and if only |
| 2003 | // one other value was stored into it, we can just change the |
| 2004 | // initializer to be the stored value, then delete all stores to the |
| 2005 | // global. This allows us to mark it constant. |
| 2006 | if (Constant *SOVConstant = dyn_cast<Constant>(GS.StoredOnceValue)) |
| 2007 | if (isa<UndefValue>(GV->getInitializer())) { |
| 2008 | // Change the initial value here. |
| 2009 | GV->setInitializer(SOVConstant); |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | // Clean up any obviously simplifiable users now. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(GV, GV->getInitializer(), DL, TLI); |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | |
| 2014 | if (GV->use_empty()) { |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " *** Substituting initializer allowed us to " |
| 2016 | << "simplify all users and delete global!\n"); |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
| 2018 | ++NumDeleted; |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | } |
| 2020 | ++NumSubstitute; |
| 2021 | return true; |
| 2022 | } |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 | // Try to optimize globals based on the knowledge that only one value |
| 2025 | // (besides its initializer) is ever stored to the global. |
Rafael Espindola | e4ed0e5 | 2015-12-22 19:16:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | if (optimizeOnceStoredGlobal(GV, GS.StoredOnceValue, GS.Ordering, DL, TLI)) |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | return true; |
| 2028 | |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | // Otherwise, if the global was not a boolean, we can shrink it to be a |
| 2030 | // boolean. |
Eli Friedman | 33d3700 | 2013-09-09 22:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | if (Constant *SOVConstant = dyn_cast<Constant>(GS.StoredOnceValue)) { |
JF Bastien | 800f87a | 2016-04-06 21:19:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | if (GS.Ordering == AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic) { |
Lang Hames | 459b5dc | 2014-03-23 04:22:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | if (TryToShrinkGlobalToBoolean(GV, SOVConstant)) { |
Eli Friedman | 33d3700 | 2013-09-09 22:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | ++NumShrunkToBool; |
| 2035 | return true; |
| 2036 | } |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | } |
Eli Friedman | 33d3700 | 2013-09-09 22:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | } |
Rafael Espindola | ecd5b9a | 2011-01-18 04:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | } |
| 2040 | |
Chris Lattner | 1c4bddc | 2004-10-08 20:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | return false; |
| 2042 | } |
| 2043 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | /// Analyze the specified global variable and optimize it if possible. If we |
| 2045 | /// make a change, return true. |
| 2046 | static bool |
| 2047 | processGlobal(GlobalValue &GV, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2048 | function_ref<DominatorTree &(Function &)> LookupDomTree) { |
Peter Collingbourne | 96efdd6 | 2016-06-14 21:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | if (GV.getName().startswith("llvm.")) |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | return false; |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | GlobalStatus GS; |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | if (GlobalStatus::analyzeGlobal(&GV, GS)) |
| 2055 | return false; |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | bool Changed = false; |
Peter Collingbourne | 96efdd6 | 2016-06-14 21:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | if (!GS.IsCompared && !GV.hasGlobalUnnamedAddr()) { |
| 2059 | auto NewUnnamedAddr = GV.hasLocalLinkage() ? GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global |
| 2060 | : GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Local; |
| 2061 | if (NewUnnamedAddr != GV.getUnnamedAddr()) { |
| 2062 | GV.setUnnamedAddr(NewUnnamedAddr); |
| 2063 | NumUnnamed++; |
| 2064 | Changed = true; |
| 2065 | } |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | } |
| 2067 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 96efdd6 | 2016-06-14 21:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | // Do more involved optimizations if the global is internal. |
| 2069 | if (!GV.hasLocalLinkage()) |
| 2070 | return Changed; |
| 2071 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | auto *GVar = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(&GV); |
| 2073 | if (!GVar) |
| 2074 | return Changed; |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | if (GVar->isConstant() || !GVar->hasInitializer()) |
| 2077 | return Changed; |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | return processInternalGlobal(GVar, GS, TLI, LookupDomTree) || Changed; |
| 2080 | } |
| 2081 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | /// Walk all of the direct calls of the specified function, changing them to |
| 2083 | /// FastCC. |
Chris Lattner | a4c8022 | 2005-05-08 22:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | static void ChangeCalleesToFastCall(Function *F) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | for (User *U : F->users()) { |
| 2086 | if (isa<BlockAddress>(U)) |
Jay Foad | ca0c499 | 2012-05-12 08:30:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | continue; |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | CallSite CS(cast<Instruction>(U)); |
| 2089 | CS.setCallingConv(CallingConv::Fast); |
Chris Lattner | a4c8022 | 2005-05-08 22:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | } |
| 2091 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1c4bddc | 2004-10-08 20:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | |
Reid Kleckner | 0a5ed3d | 2017-04-19 23:26:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | static AttributeList StripNest(LLVMContext &C, AttributeList Attrs) { |
| 2094 | // There can be at most one attribute set with a nest attribute. |
| 2095 | unsigned NestIndex; |
| 2096 | if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Nest, &NestIndex)) |
| 2097 | return Attrs.removeAttribute(C, NestIndex, Attribute::Nest); |
Duncan Sands | 573b3f8 | 2008-02-16 20:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | return Attrs; |
| 2099 | } |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | static void RemoveNestAttribute(Function *F) { |
Bill Wendling | 85a64c2 | 2012-10-14 06:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | F->setAttributes(StripNest(F->getContext(), F->getAttributes())); |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | for (User *U : F->users()) { |
| 2104 | if (isa<BlockAddress>(U)) |
Jay Foad | ca0c499 | 2012-05-12 08:30:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | continue; |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | CallSite CS(cast<Instruction>(U)); |
| 2107 | CS.setAttributes(StripNest(F->getContext(), CS.getAttributes())); |
Duncan Sands | 573b3f8 | 2008-02-16 20:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | } |
| 2109 | } |
| 2110 | |
Reid Kleckner | 2286937 | 2014-02-26 19:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | /// Return true if this is a calling convention that we'd like to change. The |
| 2112 | /// idea here is that we don't want to mess with the convention if the user |
| 2113 | /// explicitly requested something with performance implications like coldcc, |
| 2114 | /// GHC, or anyregcc. |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | static bool hasChangeableCC(Function *F) { |
Reid Kleckner | 2286937 | 2014-02-26 19:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2116 | CallingConv::ID CC = F->getCallingConv(); |
Jonas Devlieghere | 9ca0645 | 2018-02-28 22:28:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | |
Reid Kleckner | 2286937 | 2014-02-26 19:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 | // FIXME: Is it worth transforming x86_stdcallcc and x86_fastcallcc? |
Jonas Devlieghere | 9ca0645 | 2018-02-28 22:28:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | if (CC != CallingConv::C && CC != CallingConv::X86_ThisCall) |
| 2120 | return false; |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | // FIXME: Change CC for the whole chain of musttail calls when possible. |
| 2123 | // |
| 2124 | // Can't change CC of the function that either has musttail calls, or is a |
| 2125 | // musttail callee itself |
| 2126 | for (User *U : F->users()) { |
| 2127 | if (isa<BlockAddress>(U)) |
| 2128 | continue; |
| 2129 | CallInst* CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(U); |
| 2130 | if (!CI) |
| 2131 | continue; |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | if (CI->isMustTailCall()) |
| 2134 | return false; |
| 2135 | } |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | for (BasicBlock &BB : *F) |
| 2138 | if (BB.getTerminatingMustTailCall()) |
| 2139 | return false; |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | return true; |
Reid Kleckner | 2286937 | 2014-02-26 19:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 | } |
| 2143 | |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | /// Return true if the block containing the call site has a BlockFrequency of |
| 2145 | /// less than ColdCCRelFreq% of the entry block. |
| 2146 | static bool isColdCallSite(CallSite CS, BlockFrequencyInfo &CallerBFI) { |
| 2147 | const BranchProbability ColdProb(ColdCCRelFreq, 100); |
| 2148 | auto CallSiteBB = CS.getInstruction()->getParent(); |
| 2149 | auto CallSiteFreq = CallerBFI.getBlockFreq(CallSiteBB); |
| 2150 | auto CallerEntryFreq = |
| 2151 | CallerBFI.getBlockFreq(&(CS.getCaller()->getEntryBlock())); |
| 2152 | return CallSiteFreq < CallerEntryFreq * ColdProb; |
| 2153 | } |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | // This function checks if the input function F is cold at all call sites. It |
| 2156 | // also looks each call site's containing function, returning false if the |
| 2157 | // caller function contains other non cold calls. The input vector AllCallsCold |
| 2158 | // contains a list of functions that only have call sites in cold blocks. |
| 2159 | static bool |
| 2160 | isValidCandidateForColdCC(Function &F, |
| 2161 | function_ref<BlockFrequencyInfo &(Function &)> GetBFI, |
| 2162 | const std::vector<Function *> &AllCallsCold) { |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | if (F.user_empty()) |
| 2165 | return false; |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | for (User *U : F.users()) { |
| 2168 | if (isa<BlockAddress>(U)) |
| 2169 | continue; |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | CallSite CS(cast<Instruction>(U)); |
| 2172 | Function *CallerFunc = CS.getInstruction()->getParent()->getParent(); |
| 2173 | BlockFrequencyInfo &CallerBFI = GetBFI(*CallerFunc); |
| 2174 | if (!isColdCallSite(CS, CallerBFI)) |
| 2175 | return false; |
| 2176 | auto It = std::find(AllCallsCold.begin(), AllCallsCold.end(), CallerFunc); |
| 2177 | if (It == AllCallsCold.end()) |
| 2178 | return false; |
| 2179 | } |
| 2180 | return true; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | static void changeCallSitesToColdCC(Function *F) { |
| 2184 | for (User *U : F->users()) { |
| 2185 | if (isa<BlockAddress>(U)) |
| 2186 | continue; |
| 2187 | CallSite CS(cast<Instruction>(U)); |
| 2188 | CS.setCallingConv(CallingConv::Cold); |
| 2189 | } |
| 2190 | } |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | // This function iterates over all the call instructions in the input Function |
| 2193 | // and checks that all call sites are in cold blocks and are allowed to use the |
| 2194 | // coldcc calling convention. |
| 2195 | static bool |
| 2196 | hasOnlyColdCalls(Function &F, |
| 2197 | function_ref<BlockFrequencyInfo &(Function &)> GetBFI) { |
| 2198 | for (BasicBlock &BB : F) { |
| 2199 | for (Instruction &I : BB) { |
| 2200 | if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&I)) { |
| 2201 | CallSite CS(cast<Instruction>(CI)); |
| 2202 | // Skip over isline asm instructions since they aren't function calls. |
| 2203 | if (CI->isInlineAsm()) |
| 2204 | continue; |
| 2205 | Function *CalledFn = CI->getCalledFunction(); |
| 2206 | if (!CalledFn) |
| 2207 | return false; |
| 2208 | if (!CalledFn->hasLocalLinkage()) |
| 2209 | return false; |
| 2210 | // Skip over instrinsics since they won't remain as function calls. |
| 2211 | if (CalledFn->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::not_intrinsic) |
| 2212 | continue; |
| 2213 | // Check if it's valid to use coldcc calling convention. |
| 2214 | if (!hasChangeableCC(CalledFn) || CalledFn->isVarArg() || |
| 2215 | CalledFn->hasAddressTaken()) |
| 2216 | return false; |
| 2217 | BlockFrequencyInfo &CallerBFI = GetBFI(F); |
| 2218 | if (!isColdCallSite(CS, CallerBFI)) |
| 2219 | return false; |
| 2220 | } |
| 2221 | } |
| 2222 | } |
| 2223 | return true; |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | static bool |
| 2227 | OptimizeFunctions(Module &M, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | function_ref<TargetTransformInfo &(Function &)> GetTTI, |
| 2229 | function_ref<BlockFrequencyInfo &(Function &)> GetBFI, |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | function_ref<DominatorTree &(Function &)> LookupDomTree, |
| 2231 | SmallSet<const Comdat *, 8> &NotDiscardableComdats) { |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | bool Changed = false; |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | |
| 2235 | std::vector<Function *> AllCallsCold; |
| 2236 | for (Module::iterator FI = M.begin(), E = M.end(); FI != E;) { |
| 2237 | Function *F = &*FI++; |
| 2238 | if (hasOnlyColdCalls(*F, GetBFI)) |
| 2239 | AllCallsCold.push_back(F); |
| 2240 | } |
| 2241 | |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | // Optimize functions. |
| 2243 | for (Module::iterator FI = M.begin(), E = M.end(); FI != E; ) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | Function *F = &*FI++; |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | |
Luke Cheeseman | 6c1e6bb | 2018-02-22 14:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | // Don't perform global opt pass on naked functions; we don't want fast |
| 2247 | // calling conventions for naked functions. |
| 2248 | if (F->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::Naked)) |
| 2249 | continue; |
| 2250 | |
Duncan Sands | ed72283 | 2009-03-06 10:21:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | // Functions without names cannot be referenced outside this module. |
David Majnemer | 5c92115 | 2014-07-01 15:26:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | if (!F->hasName() && !F->isDeclaration() && !F->hasLocalLinkage()) |
Duncan Sands | ed72283 | 2009-03-06 10:21:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | F->setLinkage(GlobalValue::InternalLinkage); |
David Majnemer | 1b3b70e | 2014-10-08 07:23:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | if (deleteIfDead(*F, NotDiscardableComdats)) { |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | Changed = true; |
Rafael Espindola | 9f0bebc | 2015-12-22 19:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | continue; |
| 2258 | } |
Rafael Espindola | 10d9a03 | 2015-12-22 20:43:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | |
Davide Italiano | c3dc05578 | 2017-07-13 15:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | // LLVM's definition of dominance allows instructions that are cyclic |
| 2261 | // in unreachable blocks, e.g.: |
| 2262 | // %pat = select i1 %condition, @global, i16* %pat |
| 2263 | // because any instruction dominates an instruction in a block that's |
| 2264 | // not reachable from entry. |
| 2265 | // So, remove unreachable blocks from the function, because a) there's |
| 2266 | // no point in analyzing them and b) GlobalOpt should otherwise grow |
| 2267 | // some more complicated logic to break these cycles. |
| 2268 | // Removing unreachable blocks might invalidate the dominator so we |
| 2269 | // recalculate it. |
| 2270 | if (!F->isDeclaration()) { |
| 2271 | if (removeUnreachableBlocks(*F)) { |
| 2272 | auto &DT = LookupDomTree(*F); |
| 2273 | DT.recalculate(*F); |
| 2274 | Changed = true; |
| 2275 | } |
| 2276 | } |
| 2277 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | Changed |= processGlobal(*F, TLI, LookupDomTree); |
Rafael Espindola | 10d9a03 | 2015-12-22 20:43:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | |
Rafael Espindola | 9f0bebc | 2015-12-22 19:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | if (!F->hasLocalLinkage()) |
| 2281 | continue; |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | |
| 2283 | if (hasChangeableCC(F) && !F->isVarArg() && !F->hasAddressTaken()) { |
| 2284 | NumInternalFunc++; |
| 2285 | TargetTransformInfo &TTI = GetTTI(*F); |
| 2286 | // Change the calling convention to coldcc if either stress testing is |
| 2287 | // enabled or the target would like to use coldcc on functions which are |
| 2288 | // cold at all call sites and the callers contain no other non coldcc |
| 2289 | // calls. |
| 2290 | if (EnableColdCCStressTest || |
| 2291 | (isValidCandidateForColdCC(*F, GetBFI, AllCallsCold) && |
| 2292 | TTI.useColdCCForColdCall(*F))) { |
| 2293 | F->setCallingConv(CallingConv::Cold); |
| 2294 | changeCallSitesToColdCC(F); |
| 2295 | Changed = true; |
| 2296 | NumColdCC++; |
| 2297 | } |
| 2298 | } |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | if (hasChangeableCC(F) && !F->isVarArg() && |
Rafael Espindola | 9f0bebc | 2015-12-22 19:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | !F->hasAddressTaken()) { |
| 2302 | // If this function has a calling convention worth changing, is not a |
| 2303 | // varargs function, and is only called directly, promote it to use the |
| 2304 | // Fast calling convention. |
| 2305 | F->setCallingConv(CallingConv::Fast); |
| 2306 | ChangeCalleesToFastCall(F); |
| 2307 | ++NumFastCallFns; |
| 2308 | Changed = true; |
| 2309 | } |
Duncan Sands | 573b3f8 | 2008-02-16 20:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | |
Rafael Espindola | 9f0bebc | 2015-12-22 19:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 | if (F->getAttributes().hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Nest) && |
| 2312 | !F->hasAddressTaken()) { |
| 2313 | // The function is not used by a trampoline intrinsic, so it is safe |
| 2314 | // to remove the 'nest' attribute. |
| 2315 | RemoveNestAttribute(F); |
| 2316 | ++NumNestRemoved; |
| 2317 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | } |
| 2319 | } |
| 2320 | return Changed; |
| 2321 | } |
| 2322 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | static bool |
| 2324 | OptimizeGlobalVars(Module &M, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2325 | function_ref<DominatorTree &(Function &)> LookupDomTree, |
| 2326 | SmallSet<const Comdat *, 8> &NotDiscardableComdats) { |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | bool Changed = false; |
David Majnemer | dad0a64 | 2014-06-27 18:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | for (Module::global_iterator GVI = M.global_begin(), E = M.global_end(); |
| 2330 | GVI != E; ) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | GlobalVariable *GV = &*GVI++; |
Duncan Sands | ed72283 | 2009-03-06 10:21:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | // Global variables without names cannot be referenced outside this module. |
David Majnemer | 5c92115 | 2014-07-01 15:26:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | if (!GV->hasName() && !GV->isDeclaration() && !GV->hasLocalLinkage()) |
Duncan Sands | ed72283 | 2009-03-06 10:21:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | GV->setLinkage(GlobalValue::InternalLinkage); |
Dan Gohman | 580b80d | 2009-11-23 16:22:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | // Simplify the initializer. |
| 2336 | if (GV->hasInitializer()) |
David Majnemer | d536f23 | 2016-07-29 03:27:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GV->getInitializer())) { |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | auto &DL = M.getDataLayout(); |
David Majnemer | d536f23 | 2016-07-29 03:27:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | Constant *New = ConstantFoldConstant(C, DL, TLI); |
| 2340 | if (New && New != C) |
Dan Gohman | 580b80d | 2009-11-23 16:22:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | GV->setInitializer(New); |
| 2342 | } |
Rafael Espindola | fc355bc | 2011-01-19 16:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | if (deleteIfDead(*GV, NotDiscardableComdats)) { |
Rafael Espindola | 10d9a03 | 2015-12-22 20:43:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | Changed = true; |
| 2346 | continue; |
| 2347 | } |
| 2348 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | Changed |= processGlobal(*GV, TLI, LookupDomTree); |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | } |
| 2351 | return Changed; |
| 2352 | } |
| 2353 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 | /// Evaluate a piece of a constantexpr store into a global initializer. This |
| 2355 | /// returns 'Init' modified to reflect 'Val' stored into it. At this point, the |
| 2356 | /// GEP operands of Addr [0, OpNo) have been stepped into. |
Anthony Pesch | e92ae2d | 2015-07-22 22:26:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | static Constant *EvaluateStoreInto(Constant *Init, Constant *Val, |
| 2358 | ConstantExpr *Addr, unsigned OpNo) { |
| 2359 | // Base case of the recursion. |
| 2360 | if (OpNo == Addr->getNumOperands()) { |
| 2361 | assert(Val->getType() == Init->getType() && "Type mismatch!"); |
| 2362 | return Val; |
| 2363 | } |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | SmallVector<Constant*, 32> Elts; |
| 2366 | if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Init->getType())) { |
| 2367 | // Break up the constant into its elements. |
| 2368 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) |
| 2369 | Elts.push_back(Init->getAggregateElement(i)); |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | // Replace the element that we are supposed to. |
| 2372 | ConstantInt *CU = cast<ConstantInt>(Addr->getOperand(OpNo)); |
| 2373 | unsigned Idx = CU->getZExtValue(); |
| 2374 | assert(Idx < STy->getNumElements() && "Struct index out of range!"); |
| 2375 | Elts[Idx] = EvaluateStoreInto(Elts[Idx], Val, Addr, OpNo+1); |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | // Return the modified struct. |
| 2378 | return ConstantStruct::get(STy, Elts); |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | ConstantInt *CI = cast<ConstantInt>(Addr->getOperand(OpNo)); |
| 2382 | SequentialType *InitTy = cast<SequentialType>(Init->getType()); |
Peter Collingbourne | bc07052 | 2016-12-02 03:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | uint64_t NumElts = InitTy->getNumElements(); |
Anthony Pesch | e92ae2d | 2015-07-22 22:26:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | |
| 2385 | // Break up the array into elements. |
| 2386 | for (uint64_t i = 0, e = NumElts; i != e; ++i) |
| 2387 | Elts.push_back(Init->getAggregateElement(i)); |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | assert(CI->getZExtValue() < NumElts); |
| 2390 | Elts[CI->getZExtValue()] = |
| 2391 | EvaluateStoreInto(Elts[CI->getZExtValue()], Val, Addr, OpNo+1); |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | if (Init->getType()->isArrayTy()) |
| 2394 | return ConstantArray::get(cast<ArrayType>(InitTy), Elts); |
| 2395 | return ConstantVector::get(Elts); |
| 2396 | } |
| 2397 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | /// We have decided that Addr (which satisfies the predicate |
Anthony Pesch | e92ae2d | 2015-07-22 22:26:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | /// isSimpleEnoughPointerToCommit) should get Val as its value. Make it happen. |
| 2400 | static void CommitValueTo(Constant *Val, Constant *Addr) { |
| 2401 | if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Addr)) { |
| 2402 | assert(GV->hasInitializer()); |
| 2403 | GV->setInitializer(Val); |
| 2404 | return; |
| 2405 | } |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(Addr); |
| 2408 | GlobalVariable *GV = cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)); |
| 2409 | GV->setInitializer(EvaluateStoreInto(GV->getInitializer(), Val, CE, 2)); |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | |
Amara Emerson | 93b0ff2 | 2018-01-31 23:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | /// Given a map of address -> value, where addresses are expected to be some form |
| 2413 | /// of either a global or a constant GEP, set the initializer for the address to |
| 2414 | /// be the value. This performs mostly the same function as CommitValueTo() |
| 2415 | /// and EvaluateStoreInto() but is optimized to be more efficient for the common |
| 2416 | /// case where the set of addresses are GEPs sharing the same underlying global, |
| 2417 | /// processing the GEPs in batches rather than individually. |
| 2418 | /// |
| 2419 | /// To give an example, consider the following C++ code adapted from the clang |
| 2420 | /// regression tests: |
| 2421 | /// struct S { |
| 2422 | /// int n = 10; |
| 2423 | /// int m = 2 * n; |
| 2424 | /// S(int a) : n(a) {} |
| 2425 | /// }; |
| 2426 | /// |
| 2427 | /// template<typename T> |
| 2428 | /// struct U { |
| 2429 | /// T *r = &q; |
| 2430 | /// T q = 42; |
| 2431 | /// U *p = this; |
| 2432 | /// }; |
| 2433 | /// |
| 2434 | /// U<S> e; |
| 2435 | /// |
| 2436 | /// The global static constructor for 'e' will need to initialize 'r' and 'p' of |
| 2437 | /// the outer struct, while also initializing the inner 'q' structs 'n' and 'm' |
| 2438 | /// members. This batch algorithm will simply use general CommitValueTo() method |
| 2439 | /// to handle the complex nested S struct initialization of 'q', before |
| 2440 | /// processing the outermost members in a single batch. Using CommitValueTo() to |
| 2441 | /// handle member in the outer struct is inefficient when the struct/array is |
| 2442 | /// very large as we end up creating and destroy constant arrays for each |
| 2443 | /// initialization. |
| 2444 | /// For the above case, we expect the following IR to be generated: |
| 2445 | /// |
| 2446 | /// %struct.U = type { %struct.S*, %struct.S, %struct.U* } |
| 2447 | /// %struct.S = type { i32, i32 } |
| 2448 | /// @e = global %struct.U { %struct.S* gep inbounds (%struct.U, %struct.U* @e, |
| 2449 | /// i64 0, i32 1), |
| 2450 | /// %struct.S { i32 42, i32 84 }, %struct.U* @e } |
| 2451 | /// The %struct.S { i32 42, i32 84 } inner initializer is treated as a complex |
| 2452 | /// constant expression, while the other two elements of @e are "simple". |
| 2453 | static void BatchCommitValueTo(const DenseMap<Constant*, Constant*> &Mem) { |
| 2454 | SmallVector<std::pair<GlobalVariable*, Constant*>, 32> GVs; |
| 2455 | SmallVector<std::pair<ConstantExpr*, Constant*>, 32> ComplexCEs; |
| 2456 | SmallVector<std::pair<ConstantExpr*, Constant*>, 32> SimpleCEs; |
| 2457 | SimpleCEs.reserve(Mem.size()); |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | for (const auto &I : Mem) { |
| 2460 | if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(I.first)) { |
| 2461 | GVs.push_back(std::make_pair(GV, I.second)); |
| 2462 | } else { |
| 2463 | ConstantExpr *GEP = cast<ConstantExpr>(I.first); |
| 2464 | // We don't handle the deeply recursive case using the batch method. |
| 2465 | if (GEP->getNumOperands() > 3) |
| 2466 | ComplexCEs.push_back(std::make_pair(GEP, I.second)); |
| 2467 | else |
| 2468 | SimpleCEs.push_back(std::make_pair(GEP, I.second)); |
| 2469 | } |
| 2470 | } |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | // The algorithm below doesn't handle cases like nested structs, so use the |
| 2473 | // slower fully general method if we have to. |
| 2474 | for (auto ComplexCE : ComplexCEs) |
| 2475 | CommitValueTo(ComplexCE.second, ComplexCE.first); |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | for (auto GVPair : GVs) { |
| 2478 | assert(GVPair.first->hasInitializer()); |
| 2479 | GVPair.first->setInitializer(GVPair.second); |
| 2480 | } |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | if (SimpleCEs.empty()) |
| 2483 | return; |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | // We cache a single global's initializer elements in the case where the |
| 2486 | // subsequent address/val pair uses the same one. This avoids throwing away and |
| 2487 | // rebuilding the constant struct/vector/array just because one element is |
| 2488 | // modified at a time. |
| 2489 | SmallVector<Constant *, 32> Elts; |
| 2490 | Elts.reserve(SimpleCEs.size()); |
| 2491 | GlobalVariable *CurrentGV = nullptr; |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | auto commitAndSetupCache = [&](GlobalVariable *GV, bool Update) { |
| 2494 | Constant *Init = GV->getInitializer(); |
| 2495 | Type *Ty = Init->getType(); |
| 2496 | if (Update) { |
| 2497 | if (CurrentGV) { |
| 2498 | assert(CurrentGV && "Expected a GV to commit to!"); |
| 2499 | Type *CurrentInitTy = CurrentGV->getInitializer()->getType(); |
| 2500 | // We have a valid cache that needs to be committed. |
| 2501 | if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurrentInitTy)) |
| 2502 | CurrentGV->setInitializer(ConstantStruct::get(STy, Elts)); |
| 2503 | else if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CurrentInitTy)) |
| 2504 | CurrentGV->setInitializer(ConstantArray::get(ArrTy, Elts)); |
| 2505 | else |
| 2506 | CurrentGV->setInitializer(ConstantVector::get(Elts)); |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | if (CurrentGV == GV) |
| 2509 | return; |
| 2510 | // Need to clear and set up cache for new initializer. |
| 2511 | CurrentGV = GV; |
| 2512 | Elts.clear(); |
| 2513 | unsigned NumElts; |
| 2514 | if (auto *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) |
| 2515 | NumElts = STy->getNumElements(); |
| 2516 | else |
| 2517 | NumElts = cast<SequentialType>(Ty)->getNumElements(); |
| 2518 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumElts; i != e; ++i) |
| 2519 | Elts.push_back(Init->getAggregateElement(i)); |
| 2520 | } |
| 2521 | }; |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | for (auto CEPair : SimpleCEs) { |
| 2524 | ConstantExpr *GEP = CEPair.first; |
| 2525 | Constant *Val = CEPair.second; |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | GlobalVariable *GV = cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0)); |
| 2528 | commitAndSetupCache(GV, GV != CurrentGV); |
| 2529 | ConstantInt *CI = cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(2)); |
| 2530 | Elts[CI->getZExtValue()] = Val; |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | // The last initializer in the list needs to be committed, others |
| 2533 | // will be committed on a new initializer being processed. |
| 2534 | commitAndSetupCache(CurrentGV, true); |
| 2535 | } |
| 2536 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | /// Evaluate static constructors in the function, if we can. Return true if we |
| 2538 | /// can, false otherwise. |
Mehdi Amini | 46a4355 | 2015-03-04 18:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | static bool EvaluateStaticConstructor(Function *F, const DataLayout &DL, |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Chris Lattner | da1889b | 2005-09-27 04:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | // Call the function. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | Evaluator Eval(DL, TLI); |
Chris Lattner | 65a3a09 | 2005-09-27 04:45:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | Constant *RetValDummy; |
Nick Lewycky | 73be5e3 | 2012-02-19 23:26:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | bool EvalSuccess = Eval.EvaluateFunction(F, RetValDummy, |
| 2545 | SmallVector<Constant*, 0>()); |
Jakub Staszak | 9525a77 | 2012-12-06 21:57:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | |
Chris Lattner | da1889b | 2005-09-27 04:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | if (EvalSuccess) { |
Nico Weber | 4b2acde | 2014-05-02 18:35:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | ++NumCtorsEvaluated; |
| 2549 | |
Chris Lattner | 6bf2cd5 | 2005-09-26 17:07:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | // We succeeded at evaluation: commit the result. |
Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "FULLY EVALUATED GLOBAL CTOR FUNCTION '" |
| 2552 | << F->getName() << "' to " |
| 2553 | << Eval.getMutatedMemory().size() << " stores.\n"); |
Amara Emerson | 93b0ff2 | 2018-01-31 23:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | BatchCommitValueTo(Eval.getMutatedMemory()); |
Craig Topper | 4627679 | 2014-08-24 23:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | for (GlobalVariable *GV : Eval.getInvariants()) |
| 2556 | GV->setConstant(true); |
Chris Lattner | 6bf2cd5 | 2005-09-26 17:07:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | |
Chris Lattner | da1889b | 2005-09-27 04:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | return EvalSuccess; |
Chris Lattner | 99e23fa | 2005-09-26 04:44:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | } |
| 2561 | |
Benjamin Kramer | adf1ea8 | 2014-03-07 21:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | static int compareNames(Constant *const *A, Constant *const *B) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 96f4b12 | 2016-03-15 14:18:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | Value *AStripped = (*A)->stripPointerCastsNoFollowAliases(); |
| 2564 | Value *BStripped = (*B)->stripPointerCastsNoFollowAliases(); |
| 2565 | return AStripped->getName().compare(BStripped->getName()); |
Benjamin Kramer | adf1ea8 | 2014-03-07 21:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | } |
| 2567 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | static void setUsedInitializer(GlobalVariable &V, |
Craig Topper | 97ebe53 | 2014-08-19 07:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | const SmallPtrSet<GlobalValue *, 8> &Init) { |
Rafael Espindola | c2bb73f | 2013-07-20 23:33:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | if (Init.empty()) { |
| 2571 | V.eraseFromParent(); |
| 2572 | return; |
| 2573 | } |
| 2574 | |
Matt Arsenault | da1deab | 2014-01-02 19:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | // Type of pointer to the array of pointers. |
| 2576 | PointerType *Int8PtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(V.getContext(), 0); |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | SmallVector<Constant *, 8> UsedArray; |
Craig Topper | 71b7b68 | 2014-08-21 05:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | for (GlobalValue *GV : Init) { |
Matt Arsenault | da1deab | 2014-01-02 19:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | Constant *Cast |
Craig Topper | 71b7b68 | 2014-08-21 05:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | = ConstantExpr::getPointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(GV, Int8PtrTy); |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | UsedArray.push_back(Cast); |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | } |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | // Sort to get deterministic order. |
Benjamin Kramer | adf1ea8 | 2014-03-07 21:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | array_pod_sort(UsedArray.begin(), UsedArray.end(), compareNames); |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 | ArrayType *ATy = ArrayType::get(Int8PtrTy, UsedArray.size()); |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | Module *M = V.getParent(); |
| 2589 | V.removeFromParent(); |
| 2590 | GlobalVariable *NV = |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | new GlobalVariable(*M, ATy, false, GlobalValue::AppendingLinkage, |
| 2592 | ConstantArray::get(ATy, UsedArray), ""); |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 | NV->takeName(&V); |
| 2594 | NV->setSection("llvm.metadata"); |
| 2595 | delete &V; |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | } |
| 2597 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | namespace { |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | /// An easy to access representation of llvm.used and llvm.compiler.used. |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | class LLVMUsed { |
| 2602 | SmallPtrSet<GlobalValue *, 8> Used; |
| 2603 | SmallPtrSet<GlobalValue *, 8> CompilerUsed; |
| 2604 | GlobalVariable *UsedV; |
| 2605 | GlobalVariable *CompilerUsedV; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | public: |
Rafael Espindola | ec2375f | 2013-07-25 02:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | LLVMUsed(Module &M) { |
Rafael Espindola | 17600e2 | 2013-07-25 03:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | UsedV = collectUsedGlobalVariables(M, Used, false); |
| 2610 | CompilerUsedV = collectUsedGlobalVariables(M, CompilerUsed, true); |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | |
| 2613 | using iterator = SmallPtrSet<GlobalValue *, 8>::iterator; |
| 2614 | using used_iterator_range = iterator_range<iterator>; |
| 2615 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | iterator usedBegin() { return Used.begin(); } |
| 2617 | iterator usedEnd() { return Used.end(); } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | |
Craig Topper | 4627679 | 2014-08-24 23:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | used_iterator_range used() { |
| 2620 | return used_iterator_range(usedBegin(), usedEnd()); |
| 2621 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | iterator compilerUsedBegin() { return CompilerUsed.begin(); } |
| 2624 | iterator compilerUsedEnd() { return CompilerUsed.end(); } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | |
Craig Topper | 4627679 | 2014-08-24 23:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | used_iterator_range compilerUsed() { |
| 2627 | return used_iterator_range(compilerUsedBegin(), compilerUsedEnd()); |
| 2628 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | bool usedCount(GlobalValue *GV) const { return Used.count(GV); } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | bool compilerUsedCount(GlobalValue *GV) const { |
| 2633 | return CompilerUsed.count(GV); |
| 2634 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | bool usedErase(GlobalValue *GV) { return Used.erase(GV); } |
| 2637 | bool compilerUsedErase(GlobalValue *GV) { return CompilerUsed.erase(GV); } |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | bool usedInsert(GlobalValue *GV) { return Used.insert(GV).second; } |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 | bool compilerUsedInsert(GlobalValue *GV) { |
| 2641 | return CompilerUsed.insert(GV).second; |
| 2642 | } |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | void syncVariablesAndSets() { |
| 2645 | if (UsedV) |
| 2646 | setUsedInitializer(*UsedV, Used); |
| 2647 | if (CompilerUsedV) |
| 2648 | setUsedInitializer(*CompilerUsedV, CompilerUsed); |
| 2649 | } |
| 2650 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | |
| 2652 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | static bool hasUseOtherThanLLVMUsed(GlobalAlias &GA, const LLVMUsed &U) { |
| 2655 | if (GA.use_empty()) // No use at all. |
| 2656 | return false; |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | assert((!U.usedCount(&GA) || !U.compilerUsedCount(&GA)) && |
| 2659 | "We should have removed the duplicated " |
Rafael Espindola | 9aadcc4 | 2013-07-19 18:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | "element from llvm.compiler.used"); |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | if (!GA.hasOneUse()) |
| 2662 | // Strictly more than one use. So at least one is not in llvm.used and |
Rafael Espindola | 9aadcc4 | 2013-07-19 18:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | // llvm.compiler.used. |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | return true; |
| 2665 | |
Rafael Espindola | 9aadcc4 | 2013-07-19 18:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | // Exactly one use. Check if it is in llvm.used or llvm.compiler.used. |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | return !U.usedCount(&GA) && !U.compilerUsedCount(&GA); |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | } |
| 2669 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | static bool hasMoreThanOneUseOtherThanLLVMUsed(GlobalValue &V, |
| 2671 | const LLVMUsed &U) { |
| 2672 | unsigned N = 2; |
| 2673 | assert((!U.usedCount(&V) || !U.compilerUsedCount(&V)) && |
| 2674 | "We should have removed the duplicated " |
Rafael Espindola | 9aadcc4 | 2013-07-19 18:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 | "element from llvm.compiler.used"); |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | if (U.usedCount(&V) || U.compilerUsedCount(&V)) |
| 2677 | ++N; |
| 2678 | return V.hasNUsesOrMore(N); |
| 2679 | } |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | static bool mayHaveOtherReferences(GlobalAlias &GA, const LLVMUsed &U) { |
| 2682 | if (!GA.hasLocalLinkage()) |
| 2683 | return true; |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | return U.usedCount(&GA) || U.compilerUsedCount(&GA); |
| 2686 | } |
| 2687 | |
Craig Topper | 71b7b68 | 2014-08-21 05:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | static bool hasUsesToReplace(GlobalAlias &GA, const LLVMUsed &U, |
| 2689 | bool &RenameTarget) { |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | RenameTarget = false; |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 | bool Ret = false; |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | if (hasUseOtherThanLLVMUsed(GA, U)) |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | Ret = true; |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | |
| 2695 | // If the alias is externally visible, we may still be able to simplify it. |
| 2696 | if (!mayHaveOtherReferences(GA, U)) |
| 2697 | return Ret; |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | // If the aliasee has internal linkage, give it the name and linkage |
| 2700 | // of the alias, and delete the alias. This turns: |
| 2701 | // define internal ... @f(...) |
| 2702 | // @a = alias ... @f |
| 2703 | // into: |
| 2704 | // define ... @a(...) |
| 2705 | Constant *Aliasee = GA.getAliasee(); |
| 2706 | GlobalValue *Target = cast<GlobalValue>(Aliasee->stripPointerCasts()); |
| 2707 | if (!Target->hasLocalLinkage()) |
| 2708 | return Ret; |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | // Do not perform the transform if multiple aliases potentially target the |
| 2711 | // aliasee. This check also ensures that it is safe to replace the section |
| 2712 | // and other attributes of the aliasee with those of the alias. |
| 2713 | if (hasMoreThanOneUseOtherThanLLVMUsed(*Target, U)) |
| 2714 | return Ret; |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | RenameTarget = true; |
| 2717 | return true; |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | } |
| 2719 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | static bool |
| 2721 | OptimizeGlobalAliases(Module &M, |
| 2722 | SmallSet<const Comdat *, 8> &NotDiscardableComdats) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | a9b60ee | 2008-09-09 19:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | bool Changed = false; |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | LLVMUsed Used(M); |
| 2725 | |
Craig Topper | 4627679 | 2014-08-24 23:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | for (GlobalValue *GV : Used.used()) |
| 2727 | Used.compilerUsedErase(GV); |
Anton Korobeynikov | a9b60ee | 2008-09-09 19:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | |
Duncan Sands | 0bcf085 | 2009-01-07 20:01:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | for (Module::alias_iterator I = M.alias_begin(), E = M.alias_end(); |
Duncan Sands | b3f2788 | 2009-02-15 09:56:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 | I != E;) { |
Rafael Espindola | 5349d87 | 2015-12-22 19:50:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | GlobalAlias *J = &*I++; |
| 2732 | |
Duncan Sands | ed72283 | 2009-03-06 10:21:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | // Aliases without names cannot be referenced outside this module. |
David Majnemer | 5c92115 | 2014-07-01 15:26:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2734 | if (!J->hasName() && !J->isDeclaration() && !J->hasLocalLinkage()) |
Duncan Sands | ed72283 | 2009-03-06 10:21:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 | J->setLinkage(GlobalValue::InternalLinkage); |
Rafael Espindola | 5349d87 | 2015-12-22 19:50:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | if (deleteIfDead(*J, NotDiscardableComdats)) { |
Rafael Espindola | 5349d87 | 2015-12-22 19:50:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | Changed = true; |
| 2739 | continue; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
Eric Christopher | 675dcf0 | 2018-02-22 23:12:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | // If the alias can change at link time, nothing can be done - bail out. |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | if (J->isInterposable()) |
Anton Korobeynikov | a9b60ee | 2008-09-09 19:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | continue; |
| 2745 | |
Duncan Sands | b3f2788 | 2009-02-15 09:56:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | Constant *Aliasee = J->getAliasee(); |
David Majnemer | 0e2cc2a | 2014-07-01 00:30:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 | GlobalValue *Target = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Aliasee->stripPointerCasts()); |
| 2748 | // We can't trivially replace the alias with the aliasee if the aliasee is |
| 2749 | // non-trivial in some way. |
| 2750 | // TODO: Try to handle non-zero GEPs of local aliasees. |
| 2751 | if (!Target) |
| 2752 | continue; |
Duncan Sands | 7a1db33 | 2009-02-18 17:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2753 | Target->removeDeadConstantUsers(); |
Duncan Sands | b3f2788 | 2009-02-15 09:56:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | |
| 2755 | // Make all users of the alias use the aliasee instead. |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | bool RenameTarget; |
| 2757 | if (!hasUsesToReplace(*J, Used, RenameTarget)) |
Rafael Espindola | 0075216 | 2013-05-09 17:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 | continue; |
Duncan Sands | b3f2788 | 2009-02-15 09:56:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | |
Rafael Espindola | 6b23863 | 2014-05-16 19:35:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 | J->replaceAllUsesWith(ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Aliasee, J->getType())); |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | ++NumAliasesResolved; |
| 2762 | Changed = true; |
Duncan Sands | b3f2788 | 2009-02-15 09:56:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | if (RenameTarget) { |
Duncan Sands | 6a3df7b | 2009-12-08 10:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | // Give the aliasee the name, linkage and other attributes of the alias. |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | Target->takeName(&*J); |
Duncan Sands | 6a3df7b | 2009-12-08 10:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | Target->setLinkage(J->getLinkage()); |
Rafael Espindola | e4b0231 | 2018-01-11 22:15:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | Target->setDSOLocal(J->isDSOLocal()); |
Reid Kleckner | 22b19da | 2014-02-13 02:18:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | Target->setVisibility(J->getVisibility()); |
| 2770 | Target->setDLLStorageClass(J->getDLLStorageClass()); |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | if (Used.usedErase(&*J)) |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 | Used.usedInsert(Target); |
| 2774 | |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 1732340 | 2015-10-13 17:51:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | if (Used.compilerUsedErase(&*J)) |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | Used.compilerUsedInsert(Target); |
Rafael Espindola | 8d30480 | 2013-06-12 16:45:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | } else if (mayHaveOtherReferences(*J, Used)) |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | continue; |
| 2779 | |
Duncan Sands | b3f2788 | 2009-02-15 09:56:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | // Delete the alias. |
| 2781 | M.getAliasList().erase(J); |
| 2782 | ++NumAliasesRemoved; |
| 2783 | Changed = true; |
Anton Korobeynikov | a9b60ee | 2008-09-09 19:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | } |
| 2785 | |
Rafael Espindola | a82555c | 2013-06-11 17:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | Used.syncVariablesAndSets(); |
| 2787 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | a9b60ee | 2008-09-09 19:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | return Changed; |
| 2789 | } |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | |
Nick Lewycky | 4b273cb | 2012-02-12 02:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | static Function *FindCXAAtExit(Module &M, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | LibFunc F = LibFunc_cxa_atexit; |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | if (!TLI->has(F)) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | return nullptr; |
Nick Lewycky | 4b273cb | 2012-02-12 02:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | Function *Fn = M.getFunction(TLI->getName(F)); |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | if (!Fn) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | return nullptr; |
Nick Lewycky | 4b273cb | 2012-02-12 02:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | // Make sure that the function has the correct prototype. |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | if (!TLI->getLibFunc(*Fn, F) || F != LibFunc_cxa_atexit) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | return nullptr; |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | |
| 2804 | return Fn; |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | |
James Molloy | ea31ad3 | 2015-11-13 11:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | /// Returns whether the given function is an empty C++ destructor and can |
| 2808 | /// therefore be eliminated. |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | /// Note that we assume that other optimization passes have already simplified |
| 2810 | /// the code so we only look for a function with a single basic block, where |
Benjamin Kramer | 1a4695a | 2012-02-09 16:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 | /// the only allowed instructions are 'ret', 'call' to an empty C++ dtor and |
| 2812 | /// other side-effect free instructions. |
Anders Carlsson | fcec2f5 | 2011-03-20 20:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | static bool cxxDtorIsEmpty(const Function &Fn, |
| 2814 | SmallPtrSet<const Function *, 8> &CalledFunctions) { |
Anders Carlsson | 48a4491 | 2011-03-20 19:51:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | // FIXME: We could eliminate C++ destructors if they're readonly/readnone and |
Nick Lewycky | d078183 | 2011-03-21 02:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | // nounwind, but that doesn't seem worth doing. |
Anders Carlsson | 48a4491 | 2011-03-20 19:51:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | if (Fn.isDeclaration()) |
| 2818 | return false; |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | |
| 2820 | if (++Fn.begin() != Fn.end()) |
| 2821 | return false; |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | const BasicBlock &EntryBlock = Fn.getEntryBlock(); |
| 2824 | for (BasicBlock::const_iterator I = EntryBlock.begin(), E = EntryBlock.end(); |
| 2825 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 2826 | if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) { |
Anders Carlsson | 4dd420f | 2011-03-21 14:54:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | // Ignore debug intrinsics. |
| 2828 | if (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(CI)) |
| 2829 | continue; |
| 2830 | |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | const Function *CalledFn = CI->getCalledFunction(); |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | if (!CalledFn) |
| 2834 | return false; |
| 2835 | |
Anders Carlsson | 1cc8073 | 2011-03-22 03:21:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | SmallPtrSet<const Function *, 8> NewCalledFunctions(CalledFunctions); |
| 2837 | |
Anders Carlsson | 48a4491 | 2011-03-20 19:51:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | // Don't treat recursive functions as empty. |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2839 | if (!NewCalledFunctions.insert(CalledFn).second) |
Anders Carlsson | 48a4491 | 2011-03-20 19:51:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | return false; |
| 2841 | |
Anders Carlsson | 1cc8073 | 2011-03-22 03:21:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | if (!cxxDtorIsEmpty(*CalledFn, NewCalledFunctions)) |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | return false; |
| 2844 | } else if (isa<ReturnInst>(*I)) |
Benjamin Kramer | 487a396 | 2012-02-09 14:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | return true; // We're done. |
| 2846 | else if (I->mayHaveSideEffects()) |
| 2847 | return false; // Destructor with side effects, bail. |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | } |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | return false; |
| 2851 | } |
| 2852 | |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | static bool OptimizeEmptyGlobalCXXDtors(Function *CXAAtExitFn) { |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | /// Itanium C++ ABI p3.3.5: |
| 2855 | /// |
| 2856 | /// After constructing a global (or local static) object, that will require |
| 2857 | /// destruction on exit, a termination function is registered as follows: |
| 2858 | /// |
| 2859 | /// extern "C" int __cxa_atexit ( void (*f)(void *), void *p, void *d ); |
| 2860 | /// |
| 2861 | /// This registration, e.g. __cxa_atexit(f,p,d), is intended to cause the |
| 2862 | /// call f(p) when DSO d is unloaded, before all such termination calls |
| 2863 | /// registered before this one. It returns zero if registration is |
Nick Lewycky | d078183 | 2011-03-21 02:26:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | /// successful, nonzero on failure. |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | |
| 2866 | // This pass will look for calls to __cxa_atexit where the function is trivial |
| 2867 | // and remove them. |
| 2868 | bool Changed = false; |
| 2869 | |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | for (auto I = CXAAtExitFn->user_begin(), E = CXAAtExitFn->user_end(); |
| 2871 | I != E;) { |
Anders Carlsson | 336fd90 | 2011-03-20 20:21:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | // We're only interested in calls. Theoretically, we could handle invoke |
| 2873 | // instructions as well, but neither llvm-gcc nor clang generate invokes |
| 2874 | // to __cxa_atexit. |
Anders Carlsson | 4dd420f | 2011-03-21 14:54:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(*I++); |
| 2876 | if (!CI) |
Anders Carlsson | 336fd90 | 2011-03-20 20:21:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | continue; |
| 2878 | |
Jakub Staszak | 9525a77 | 2012-12-06 21:57:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | Function *DtorFn = |
Anders Carlsson | 4dd420f | 2011-03-21 14:54:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | dyn_cast<Function>(CI->getArgOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts()); |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | if (!DtorFn) |
| 2882 | continue; |
| 2883 | |
Anders Carlsson | fcec2f5 | 2011-03-20 20:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | SmallPtrSet<const Function *, 8> CalledFunctions; |
| 2885 | if (!cxxDtorIsEmpty(*DtorFn, CalledFunctions)) |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | continue; |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | // Just remove the call. |
Anders Carlsson | 4dd420f | 2011-03-21 14:54:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType())); |
| 2890 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
Anders Carlsson | 48a4491 | 2011-03-20 19:51:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 | ++NumCXXDtorsRemoved; |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | Changed |= true; |
| 2895 | } |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | return Changed; |
| 2898 | } |
| 2899 | |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | static bool optimizeGlobalsInModule( |
| 2901 | Module &M, const DataLayout &DL, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | function_ref<TargetTransformInfo &(Function &)> GetTTI, |
| 2903 | function_ref<BlockFrequencyInfo &(Function &)> GetBFI, |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | function_ref<DominatorTree &(Function &)> LookupDomTree) { |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | SmallSet<const Comdat *, 8> NotDiscardableComdats; |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | bool Changed = false; |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | bool LocalChange = true; |
| 2908 | while (LocalChange) { |
| 2909 | LocalChange = false; |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | |
David Majnemer | 1b3b70e | 2014-10-08 07:23:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | NotDiscardableComdats.clear(); |
| 2912 | for (const GlobalVariable &GV : M.globals()) |
| 2913 | if (const Comdat *C = GV.getComdat()) |
| 2914 | if (!GV.isDiscardableIfUnused() || !GV.use_empty()) |
| 2915 | NotDiscardableComdats.insert(C); |
| 2916 | for (Function &F : M) |
| 2917 | if (const Comdat *C = F.getComdat()) |
| 2918 | if (!F.isDefTriviallyDead()) |
| 2919 | NotDiscardableComdats.insert(C); |
| 2920 | for (GlobalAlias &GA : M.aliases()) |
| 2921 | if (const Comdat *C = GA.getComdat()) |
| 2922 | if (!GA.isDiscardableIfUnused() || !GA.use_empty()) |
| 2923 | NotDiscardableComdats.insert(C); |
| 2924 | |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | // Delete functions that are trivially dead, ccc -> fastcc |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | LocalChange |= OptimizeFunctions(M, TLI, GetTTI, GetBFI, LookupDomTree, |
| 2927 | NotDiscardableComdats); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2929 | // Optimize global_ctors list. |
Richard Smith | c167d65 | 2014-05-06 01:44:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | LocalChange |= optimizeGlobalCtorsList(M, [&](Function *F) { |
| 2931 | return EvaluateStaticConstructor(F, DL, TLI); |
| 2932 | }); |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 | // Optimize non-address-taken globals. |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | LocalChange |= OptimizeGlobalVars(M, TLI, LookupDomTree, |
| 2936 | NotDiscardableComdats); |
Anton Korobeynikov | a9b60ee | 2008-09-09 19:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | |
| 2938 | // Resolve aliases, when possible. |
Justin Bogner | d2f3d0a | 2016-04-26 00:27:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 | LocalChange |= OptimizeGlobalAliases(M, NotDiscardableComdats); |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | |
Manman Ren | b3c52fb | 2013-05-14 21:52:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | // Try to remove trivial global destructors if they are not removed |
| 2942 | // already. |
| 2943 | Function *CXAAtExitFn = FindCXAAtExit(M, TLI); |
Anders Carlsson | ee6bc70 | 2011-03-20 17:59:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | if (CXAAtExitFn) |
| 2945 | LocalChange |= OptimizeEmptyGlobalCXXDtors(CXAAtExitFn); |
| 2946 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | a9b60ee | 2008-09-09 19:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | Changed |= LocalChange; |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | } |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | |
Chris Lattner | 41b6a5a | 2005-09-26 01:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | // TODO: Move all global ctors functions to the end of the module for code |
| 2951 | // layout. |
Mikhail Glushenkov | cf2afe0 | 2010-10-18 21:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | |
Chris Lattner | 25db580 | 2004-10-07 04:16:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | return Changed; |
| 2954 | } |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | |
Sean Silva | fd03ac6 | 2016-08-09 00:28:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | PreservedAnalyses GlobalOptPass::run(Module &M, ModuleAnalysisManager &AM) { |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | auto &DL = M.getDataLayout(); |
| 2958 | auto &TLI = AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(M); |
| 2959 | auto &FAM = |
| 2960 | AM.getResult<FunctionAnalysisManagerModuleProxy>(M).getManager(); |
| 2961 | auto LookupDomTree = [&FAM](Function &F) -> DominatorTree &{ |
| 2962 | return FAM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F); |
| 2963 | }; |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | auto GetTTI = [&FAM](Function &F) -> TargetTransformInfo & { |
| 2965 | return FAM.getResult<TargetIRAnalysis>(F); |
| 2966 | }; |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | auto GetBFI = [&FAM](Function &F) -> BlockFrequencyInfo & { |
| 2969 | return FAM.getResult<BlockFrequencyAnalysis>(F); |
| 2970 | }; |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | if (!optimizeGlobalsInModule(M, DL, &TLI, GetTTI, GetBFI, LookupDomTree)) |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | return PreservedAnalyses::all(); |
| 2974 | return PreservedAnalyses::none(); |
| 2975 | } |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | namespace { |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 | struct GlobalOptLegacyPass : public ModulePass { |
| 2980 | static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | GlobalOptLegacyPass() : ModulePass(ID) { |
| 2983 | initializeGlobalOptLegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | bool runOnModule(Module &M) override { |
| 2987 | if (skipModule(M)) |
| 2988 | return false; |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | auto &DL = M.getDataLayout(); |
| 2991 | auto *TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(); |
| 2992 | auto LookupDomTree = [this](Function &F) -> DominatorTree & { |
| 2993 | return this->getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(F).getDomTree(); |
| 2994 | }; |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | auto GetTTI = [this](Function &F) -> TargetTransformInfo & { |
| 2996 | return this->getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F); |
| 2997 | }; |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | auto GetBFI = [this](Function &F) -> BlockFrequencyInfo & { |
| 3000 | return this->getAnalysis<BlockFrequencyInfoWrapperPass>(F).getBFI(); |
| 3001 | }; |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | return optimizeGlobalsInModule(M, DL, TLI, GetTTI, GetBFI, LookupDomTree); |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 | } |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override { |
| 3007 | AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>(); |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | AU.addRequired<BlockFrequencyInfoWrapperPass>(); |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | } |
| 3012 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | |
| 3014 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | |
| 3016 | char GlobalOptLegacyPass::ID = 0; |
Eugene Zelenko | e9ea08a | 2017-10-10 22:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(GlobalOptLegacyPass, "globalopt", |
| 3019 | "Global Variable Optimizer", false, false) |
| 3020 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass) |
Zaara Syeda | 1f59ae3 | 2018-01-30 16:17:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass) |
| 3022 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(BlockFrequencyInfoWrapperPass) |
Justin Bogner | 1a07501 | 2016-04-26 00:28:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) |
| 3024 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(GlobalOptLegacyPass, "globalopt", |
| 3025 | "Global Variable Optimizer", false, false) |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | ModulePass *llvm::createGlobalOptimizerPass() { |
| 3028 | return new GlobalOptLegacyPass(); |
| 3029 | } |